19.06.2015 Views

Better Sooner More Convenient Primary Care - New Zealand Doctor

Better Sooner More Convenient Primary Care - New Zealand Doctor

Better Sooner More Convenient Primary Care - New Zealand Doctor

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

Business Case<br />

<strong>Better</strong>, <strong>Sooner</strong>, <strong>More</strong> <strong>Convenient</strong> <strong>Primary</strong> <strong>Care</strong><br />

February 2010<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 1


Kua tawhiti ki te haereka,<br />

Kia Kore e haere tonu<br />

He tino nui rawa ou mahi<br />

Kia kore e mahi nui tonu.<br />

We have come too far, not to go further.<br />

We have done too much, not to do more.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 2


1 Caveats/status<br />

This business case is a work-in-progress. Many clinicians and managers have contributed to its<br />

development, and to the thinking and analysis that lies behind it. That does not mean they all<br />

agree with everything in it.<br />

The business case has been endorsed by the respective boards of the DHB and the PHO, but<br />

not yet endorsed by the Ministry of Health.<br />

The business case presents a number of options for future delivery of health services. These<br />

are options for consideration and input, rather than proposals ready for formal consultation.<br />

If and when the business case gets to the point of being a proposal, the necessary formal public<br />

and employee consultation processes will be undertaken, prior to any decisions being made in<br />

regards to implementation.<br />

On Thursday 25th Feb 2010 the board of the DHB passed this resolution:<br />

"That the West Coast District Health Board endorses the direction of travel envisaged in the<br />

“<strong>Better</strong>, <strong>Sooner</strong>, <strong>More</strong> <strong>Convenient</strong> <strong>Primary</strong> <strong>Care</strong>” Business Case, subject to necessary further<br />

analyses, development, revision and consultation, and with particular focus on: budgets and<br />

financial sustainability; the West Coast Model of <strong>Care</strong> (Sustainability Project); and governance<br />

arrangement;<br />

and<br />

That the West Coast District Health Board authorises management to proceed with its continuing<br />

development and its submission to the Ministry of Health."<br />

On the same day the PHO board passed this resolution:<br />

"The board endorses the direction of travel envisaged in this business case, subject to necessary<br />

further analyses, development, revision and consultation, and authorises management to<br />

proceed with its continuing development and its submission to the Ministry of Health for their<br />

approval."<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 3


2 Executive summary<br />

The drivers for change are:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Clinical sustainability: the current model of care in most health centres requires GP<br />

numbers we have not been able to achieve consistently on the West Coast for at least<br />

five years, and leads to long waiting times for appointments (often > three weeks) and<br />

lack of continuity and consistency of care.<br />

Limited integration of community services with primary care leading to lack of<br />

co-ordination and consistency of care and some duplication of services.<br />

Financial: primary care medical practices and community services owned by the DHB<br />

contribute significantly to the DHB overspend each financial year. Hospitals in Reefton<br />

and Buller together also contribute significantly to the DHB overspend each financial<br />

year.<br />

What will be different as a result of implementing this business case?<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Three Integrated Family Health Centres (IFHCs) will be established based in Westport,<br />

Greymouth and Hokitika with associated clinics in rural areas. Each of these will become<br />

a one-stop-shop in terms of accessing primary and community health services.<br />

We will bed in a team based partnership model for core general practice care so that<br />

the majority of first contact care and long term condition care is provided by<br />

appropriately skilled nurses supported closely by GPs and, in time, Nurse Practitioners<br />

(NPs). This is likely to mean resident (non locum) GP:patient ratios of 1:2000 and<br />

increased practice/rural nurse:patient ratios from 1:1180 to 1:900 (with additional GP<br />

and nurse time for more rural areas and to reflect teaching commitments).<br />

Development of a Māori team within each IFHC that will focus on improving access and<br />

health outcomes for Māori.<br />

Devolution of community nursing, allied health and mental health services into the<br />

IFHCs, or the IFH system, with integration of reception, appointments, electronic<br />

clinical records, care pathways and discharge planning, and consequent reduction of<br />

duplicate service provision.<br />

Full implementation of a best practice, proactive approach to the management of long<br />

term conditions (LTC), including mental health.<br />

Development of a strong primary care/community care organisation able to lead &<br />

manage the Integrated Family Health System (IFHS) within the available budget.<br />

We are committed to achieving important changes in health care, as reflected in the significant<br />

targets set out below.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 4


Current situation By three years<br />

Waiting times for a routine appointment in Average of 10 days Maximum 3 days<br />

general practice<br />

Integrated Family Health Centres 0 3<br />

Fully integrated community nursing and<br />

Not present<br />

In place<br />

primary care nursing<br />

Introduce nurse practitioners to skill mix Many nurses with 3 nurse practitioners<br />

potential as nurse<br />

practitioners interns<br />

Patients supported in the long term<br />

1,419 2,500<br />

condition management<br />

Reduction in Ambulatory Sensitive<br />

Hospitalisations (ASH) & inappropriate ED<br />

attendances<br />

ASH rates at NZ average<br />

ED Triage 5 = 81<br />

patients/week<br />

5% reduction in ASH<br />

rates<br />

35% reduction in ED<br />

triage 5<br />

PHO Performance Programme clinical<br />

79% >90%<br />

indicators met<br />

Financial situation $5.4m deficit $1.4m deficit<br />

2.1 Assessment criteria summary<br />

1. The nature and expected magnitude of benefits that will flow from the proposed service<br />

improvement initiatives, including how the proposal expects to:<br />

Support the delivery of The key health targets are an integral part of this plan. Activities<br />

the Government‟s key to improve our performance and monitor changes have been<br />

health targets;<br />

incorporated in the planning documents as follows:<br />

shorter stays in emergency departments: See Appendix Three:<br />

Acute care<br />

improved access to elective surgery: See appendix Seven:<br />

Integration - HealthPathways<br />

increased immunisation: See Appendix Four: Keeping people<br />

healthy<br />

better help for smokers to quit See Appendix Four: Keeping<br />

people healthy<br />

better diabetes and cardiovascular services. See Appendix<br />

Five: Long term conditions<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 5


Contribute to health<br />

sector productivity and<br />

quality improvement;<br />

Lead to the rapid<br />

establishment of<br />

Integrated Family<br />

Health Centres in<br />

appropriate locations;<br />

Support the shift of<br />

services from<br />

secondary care to<br />

primary care;<br />

Reduce acute demand<br />

on publicly funded<br />

hospital services;<br />

Health sector productivity will be improved by the following<br />

initiatives:<br />

Change in model of primary care with greater role for nurses<br />

leading to better access to care, (see Appendix Two: Core<br />

general practice redesign).<br />

Closer integration of community based services and primary<br />

care, with a multidisciplinary approach and shared electronic<br />

clinical records will lead to decreased duplication and better<br />

targeting of services : (see Appendix Six: Integration – DHB<br />

community based services).<br />

Stratification and targeting of services for those with long<br />

term conditions so that those with the highest need receive<br />

the most support and those with lesser needs receive lesser<br />

support. (see Appendix Five: Long term conditions).<br />

Increased support for patient self care will lead to less<br />

demand for services. (see Appendix Five: Long term conditions<br />

and Appendix Four: Keeping people healthy).<br />

Use of HealthPathways will streamline referral processes: (see<br />

Appendix Seven: Integration – HealthPathways).<br />

Direct access to radiological investigations with less need for<br />

FSAs: (see Appendix Eight: Improved access to diagnostics)<br />

Development of patient pathways for the frail elderly and<br />

closer links between <strong>Care</strong> Link (West Coast's NASC) and<br />

IFHCs will lead to more focused care. Appendix Eleven: Frail<br />

older people<br />

The approach to quality improvement and safety across the system<br />

and within IFHCs is covered in Section 5.9.<br />

IFHCs will be established covering the whole region within three<br />

years: (see Section 6.2 and Appendix Thirteen: IFHCs – Facilities).<br />

A shift of Community based services to the Integrated Family<br />

Health System is proposed: (see Sections 5.1, 5.4 and Appendix Six:<br />

Integration – DHB community based services).<br />

The Acute <strong>Care</strong> plan will result in less use of the emergency<br />

department for triage 5 patients and more appropriate care in<br />

IFHCs. (see Appendix Three; Acute care).<br />

Currently, the primary care system on the Coast is not in a good<br />

position to take on clinical tasks currently performed in secondary<br />

care settings. Similarly, Greymouth hospital services are generally<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 6


staffed on a capacity model – in which staff costs do not vary with<br />

reductions in activity. However, in the medium term, with the<br />

strengthening of the primary care sector, and the development of<br />

more activity based staffing for some services, associated with a<br />

closer working relationship with Canterbury DHB, there may be an<br />

opportunity to move some clinical work from the hospital setting<br />

into IFHCs. (see Appendix Seven: Integration – HealthPathways).<br />

Ensure a wider range of<br />

health services are<br />

delivered<br />

A wider range of services that improve access will be available<br />

within IFHCs, leading to better access as described in Sections 5.1,<br />

5.4 and Appendix One: Core general practice redesign.<br />

Support better<br />

management of patients<br />

Long term condition management is a key aspect of this plan. (see<br />

Appendix Five: Long term conditions).<br />

with chronic conditions<br />

to slow disease<br />

progression;<br />

Increase the use of the<br />

wider primary health<br />

care workforce and<br />

This is a key aspect of the development of the IFHCs: Sections 5.1,<br />

5.4 and Appendix Two: Core general practice redesign and Appendix<br />

Six: Integration – DHB community based services.<br />

support<br />

multidisciplinary teams;<br />

Provide for workforce<br />

development, training<br />

and innovation in the<br />

Key initiatives have been developed for recruitment, retention,<br />

professional development and quality initiatives as described in<br />

Appendix Twelve; Workforce.<br />

primary care setting;<br />

Achieve the above<br />

objectives in a way that<br />

is cost effective and<br />

assures quality and<br />

Extensive modeling around the cost effectiveness of primary care<br />

has been carried out: (see Section 9.2.).<br />

Quality and safety issues are addressed in Section 5.9 and<br />

Appendix Twelve; Workforce.<br />

safety for users of<br />

services.<br />

2. The capability and capacity of the respondent to deliver major service improvement<br />

initiatives in support of these benefits, including:<br />

Ownership and<br />

governance<br />

arrangements;<br />

Robust ownership and governance arrangement are core to the<br />

success of this plan and potential options are summarised in Section<br />

7. Both DHB and PHO boards wish to take a considered approach<br />

to this and require a more in depth paper to be developed prior to<br />

their making a decision by 30 April.<br />

Strength and<br />

The PHO has strong clinical leadership:<br />

experience of the<br />

clinical leadership;<br />

Dr Greville Wood, FRNZCGP, Chair Clinical Governance<br />

Committee (also Regional Co-ordination Rural Medical<br />

Immersion Training Programme, University of Otago)<br />

Dr Jocelyn Tracey, FRNZCGP, PhD, PHO Clinical director and<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 7


Financial strength and<br />

viability;<br />

Change management<br />

ability and experience<br />

in the health sector<br />

across the primary and<br />

secondary sector;<br />

Information<br />

management experience<br />

that enables new<br />

models of care, and<br />

improves quality and<br />

efficiently deliver<br />

services.<br />

<br />

GP Liaison<br />

Helen Reriti, RN, Clinical Manager, WCPHO<br />

Also involved from a DHB perspective have been:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Vicki Robertson, FRANZCOG, Chief Medical Officer<br />

Jane O‟Malley, PhD, Director of nursing and midwifery<br />

Maureen Frankpitt, Nurse manager community and primary<br />

health care<br />

Karyn Kelly, Associate Director of Nursing, Clinical Practice<br />

Development<br />

Janette Anderson, Physiotherapy team leader<br />

(see also Section 5.6).<br />

This business case has been costed on a preliminary basis and<br />

opportunities to reduce expenditure towards breakeven identified.<br />

However, we note that these potential initiatives and costings are<br />

subject to further review and consultation before decision can be<br />

taken.<br />

West Coast DHB is substantially in deficit. Its primary and<br />

community services are responsible for a considerable proportion of<br />

the DHB‟s projected deficit. (see Sections 4.2 and 9.).<br />

The PHO is in a position of financial strength and has allocated<br />

funds for change management. (see Section 10.3.).<br />

Both DHB and PHO senior management have an in depth<br />

understanding of the local situation and of both drivers and<br />

barriers to change. In addition, both organisations draw on outside<br />

expertise as required, including the likes of LECG and PHOcus on<br />

Health. These two organisations have assisted with the<br />

development of this plan, and have extensive experience in change<br />

management in primary and secondary care throughout <strong>New</strong><br />

<strong>Zealand</strong>.<br />

The PHO has a considerable track record of utilizing enrollment and<br />

clinical services data to identify service gaps, and to design and<br />

implement responses/projects to address such gaps. The PHO has<br />

made successful use of the PHO Performance Programme to assist<br />

practices with their continuous quality improvement initiatives. GP<br />

facilitation has been key to this success.<br />

Specific information systems developments have been prioritized,<br />

beginning with the adoption of MedTech 32 as the PMS and clinical<br />

notes platform for all community and primary care services. (see<br />

Appendix Fourteen: IFHCs – information technology)<br />

3. The strength of relationships between the various parties, and partnership<br />

arrangements with key stakeholders, including;<br />

The degree of<br />

engagement and/or<br />

Wide consultation has occurred with front line staff: GPs, primary<br />

care nurses, secondary care clinicians, community nurses, allied<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 8


support from DHBs,<br />

specialist clinicians,<br />

practitioners from a<br />

range of disciplines;<br />

Experience in<br />

meaningful engagement<br />

with consumers and the<br />

community.<br />

health, and with DHB senior management team (see Section 5.6).<br />

While given the time frames this has not been extensive, input<br />

from community, iwi and Māori providers has been obtained (see<br />

Section 5.7). Each IFHC will establish a community reference group<br />

who can assist in the development of plans for their districts.<br />

These groups will include local mayors (or their representation),<br />

community leaders, business leaders and iwi leaders.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 9


3 Table of contents<br />

1 Caveats/status .................................................................................................................................................. 3<br />

2 Executive summary .......................................................................................................................................... 4<br />

2.1 Assessment criteria summary ............................................................................................................. 5<br />

3 Table of contents ........................................................................................................................................... 10<br />

4 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 12<br />

4.1 Strategic context ................................................................................................................................. 12<br />

4.2 Financial context ................................................................................................................................... 12<br />

4.3 Secondary services sustainability ................................................................................................... 13<br />

4.4 Population & health status .................................................................................................................. 14<br />

4.5 West Coast PHO .................................................................................................................................... 17<br />

4.6 Changes underway ................................................................................................................................ 20<br />

4.7 West Coast region service delivery issues ................................................................................... 21<br />

5 Future model of care ................................................................................................................................... 23<br />

5.1 The desired patient care pathway/model of care ..................................................................... 23<br />

5.2 Goals for better, sooner more convenient ................................................................................... 25<br />

5.3 Reducing inequalities ........................................................................................................................... 27<br />

5.4 Service specific model of care developments............................................................................. 28<br />

5.5 Enablers .................................................................................................................................................. 35<br />

5.6 Clinician engagement ........................................................................................................................... 36<br />

5.7 Community engagement ...................................................................................................................... 37<br />

5.8 Evidence for this model ..................................................................................................................... 38<br />

5.9 Quality, safety and evaluation .......................................................................................................... 41<br />

6 Business model ............................................................................................................................................... 44<br />

6.1 Business concept .................................................................................................................................. 44<br />

6.2 Locality Integrated Family Health Centres................................................................................. 48<br />

6.3 Service outputs and outcomes ......................................................................................................... 49<br />

7 Governance, Ownership & Management .................................................................................................. 53<br />

7.1 Options .................................................................................................................................................... 53<br />

7.2 Assessing the options ......................................................................................................................... 55<br />

8 Contracting arrangements .......................................................................................................................... 56<br />

8.1 Role of the IFHS ................................................................................................................................. 56<br />

8.2 Annual health service plan ................................................................................................................. 56<br />

8.3 Contracted providers within IFHCs. .............................................................................................. 57<br />

9 Financial sustainability ................................................................................................................................ 58<br />

9.1 Status quo financial situation........................................................................................................... 58<br />

9.2 Addressing affordability ................................................................................................................... 59<br />

9.3 Impact on the DHB .............................................................................................................................. 60<br />

10 Implementation plan ..................................................................................................................................... 62<br />

10.1 Project governance and management ............................................................................................. 62<br />

10.2 Change management ............................................................................................................................ 62<br />

10.3 Investing in change .............................................................................................................................. 64<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 10


10.4 Key milestones....................................................................................................................................... 65<br />

10.5 Objectives, key activities and workplans ..................................................................................... 66<br />

10.6 Work in progress items ...................................................................................................................... 70<br />

10.7 Risks and Mitigations .......................................................................................................................... 70<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 11


4. Introduction<br />

4.1 Strategic context<br />

On 10th September 2009, the Chair of the West Coast DHB wrote to the Minister of Health as<br />

follows:<br />

The recently released report by LECG (Analysis of options: Models of care for West Coast<br />

District Health Board, 16 Nov 09) gives some flesh to the bones of the first suggestion - closer<br />

working relationships with Canterbury DHB (CDHB) in the provision of secondary hospital<br />

services, which are increasingly likely to be concentrated in Greymouth.<br />

This business case begins to flesh out the second of the two strategic options suggested in the<br />

above letter to the Minister. It articulates the sector's aspirations for better, sooner and<br />

more convenient primary care services for the residents of the West Coast. It explores how<br />

the medical centres on the West Coast on the one hand, and the various community delivered<br />

services of the DHB on the other hand, might be better integrated so that patients' experience<br />

of the health care they receive on the West Coast is significantly improved. It explores how<br />

primary and community care together, might make a greater contribution to improving the<br />

quality and timeliness of health care, while helping save scarce resources. It outlines how a<br />

different mix of clinical skills will be aligned in a service delivery model to more efficiently and<br />

effectively match a variety of patient needs for care.<br />

4.2 Financial context<br />

A major system wide problem for the West Coast health care system is its parlous financial<br />

situation. West Coast District Health Board (WCDHB) was allocated $106m of government<br />

funding in 2009/10, but is projected to spend more than $114m.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 12


Annual government health funding per person on the West Coast is over $1,000 higher than the<br />

NZ average ($3,255, compared to $2,248).<br />

On top of this, WCDHB spends another, additional $250 per head (cf. national average of $50<br />

per head overspend).<br />

That is, West Coasters actually receive $3,500 per head, as spent by their DHB, well ahead<br />

(>50%) of the NZ average of $2,300 per head.<br />

The WCDHB's current financial forecast for 2009/10 is as follows:<br />

Provider revenue - 73,468,409<br />

Provider expenses 88,141,662<br />

Provider deficit 14,673,253<br />

Funder surplus - 5,422,748<br />

DHB total deficit 9,250,505<br />

As a result WCDHB is under significant pressure to reduce expenditure.<br />

4.3 Secondary services sustainability<br />

A series of independent reviews have identified core critical mass problems in providing acute<br />

secondary services on the West Coast. WCDHB is currently consulting on a set of<br />

recommendations from LECG proposing greater integration of secondary care with Canterbury<br />

DHB and movement to a rural hospital centre of excellence focus. There is a developing<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 13


consensus that significant change is required to maintain clinically and financially sustainable<br />

hospital services. It is important that the community and primary services receive the same<br />

level of scrutiny and leadership.<br />

4.4 Population & health status<br />

The West Coast is a region of contrasts; on one hand it is a region of great natural beauty but<br />

on the other hand is home to one of the most socio-economically deprived populations in <strong>New</strong><br />

<strong>Zealand</strong>. The geographic nature of the region, being bordered by the towering Southern Alps on<br />

the east and the Tasman Sea on the west, leads to the West Coast being the most rural and<br />

isolated region in <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>. The total land area covered by the West Coast District Health<br />

Board is 23,283 square kilometres and great distances separate many towns, with the distance<br />

between Karamea in the north and Haast in the south being 516 kilometres. The West Coast<br />

and its people are also very much influenced by the history, environment and climate of the<br />

region.<br />

Health Profile<br />

Consistent with the above demographic and socio-economic issues is the picture of higher<br />

morbidity and mortality rates and lower life expectancy on the West Coast compared with the<br />

<strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> average. However, life expectancy in the West Coast DHB area improved between<br />

1995/97, 2000/02 and 2002/2007 for both males and females and the overall mortality rate<br />

for the West Coast DHB reduced from 8.6 deaths per 1,000 population in 1995/1997 to 6.2<br />

deaths per 1,000 population in 2005/2007. However, over the last decade the West Coast<br />

DHB‟s overall mortality rate remains above the national average rate. Westland District had<br />

the highest mortality rate in 1995/97 but this had reduced to the lowest in 2000/02 and<br />

remains the highest in 2005/2007. (However, this apparent large reduction for Westland<br />

District may be partly due to high variability in mortality rates, which often occurs for small<br />

populations). Analysis of mortality data for West Coast DHB residents between 2001 and 2005<br />

reveals that the leading causes of death were cardiovascular disease, respiratory disease,<br />

cancers (particularly lung, colorectal, prostate and breast) and dementia (these cases have<br />

increased in recent years due to the aging population).<br />

The overall rate of hospitalisation is also high. Analysis of hospitalisation data showed that<br />

there were nearly 7,500 discharges of West Coast DHB residents from publicly funded<br />

hospitals in 2007. (This includes West Coast DHB residents discharged from hospitals outside<br />

the West Coast DHB area). Some of the leading causes of hospitalisation were diseases of the<br />

digestive system (13.3%), diseases of the circulatory system (8.8%), injury, poisoning and<br />

certain other consequences of external causes (8.8%), and pregnancy, childbirth and the<br />

puerperium (7.8%).<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 14


Ambulatory Sensitive Hospitalisations (ASH) are hospital admissions that could potentially have<br />

been avoided through community-based or primary health care services. Standardised<br />

Discharge Ratios for 0-74 year olds show that ASH rates for the West Coast DHB do not tend<br />

to differ significantly to the rates for <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> as a whole. Lead causes of ambulatory<br />

sensitive admissions for the West Coast population over the recent years in terms of total raw<br />

hospitalisations are angina and chest pain; cellulitis; upper respiratory and ENT infections;<br />

diabetes; congestive heart failure; dental conditions; myocardial infarction; gastroenteritis;<br />

pneumonia; asthma; skin cancers; epilepsy; kidney and urinary tract infections; and stroke. This<br />

pattern has largely continued in the twelve months to 31 December 2008.<br />

The West Coast Māori Health Profile 2008[1][1] revealed that West Coast Māori have a similar<br />

social profile to the West Coast non Māori but in terms of health, West Coast Māori have a<br />

poorer overall health status than the non Māori in the region; this is demonstrated by a range of<br />

indicators, including cardiovascular disease, cancer, diabetes and respiratory disease indicators.<br />

Though in many instances West Coast Māori have lower mortality and morbidity rates than<br />

Māori nationally, it is to be noted that the West Coast Māori are under-represented among<br />

primary care utilization data and have higher rates of smoking, which is a key risk factor for a<br />

range of morbidities such as cancer and cardiovascular and respiratory diseases. Discrepancies<br />

between hospitalisation and mortality rates for cardiovascular disease, and registration and<br />

mortality rates for cancer, point to these being additional important areas of unmet need for<br />

West Coast Māori.<br />

The health status of children and young people on the West Coast is poorer than the <strong>New</strong><br />

<strong>Zealand</strong> average. In particular, children have among the worst oral health status in the country,<br />

and the West Coast has the lowest rate of caries-free five-year-old children in <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>.<br />

The relatively high rate of dental decay in young children is a concern, especially with the<br />

absence of fluoridation. For children aged 0-14 years the leading causes of death are extreme<br />

immaturity (pre-term and low-birth weight babies), respiratory distress syndrome and<br />

meningitis. For young people aged 15-24 years motor vehicle crashes account for half of all<br />

deaths, and other injuries and accidents account for one third of all deaths. The main causes of<br />

ambulatory sensitive hospitalisation for West Coast children aged 0-4 years are respiratory<br />

infections (29%), gastroenteritis (20%) and asthma (12%).<br />

West Coast residents have higher smoking rates compared with other areas in <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>.<br />

The 2006 Census showed that a higher proportion of West Coast DHB residents (23.4%) were<br />

regular smokers compared with <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> as a whole (18.9%), with Buller District home to<br />

the highest proportion of smokers (25.7%). The recent <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> Health Survey 2006/07**<br />

showed that 28.2% of West Coast residents are current daily smokers compared to 19.1% of<br />

<strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> as a whole. Amongst West Coast Māori, 43.3% of women and 39.6% of men smoke.<br />

[1][1] West Coast „Te Tai O Poutini‟ Māori Health Profile 2008, prepared by Community and Public Health West<br />

Coast<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 15


A 2007 Ministry of Health report[2][2] suggested that tobacco smoking, alcohol consumption,<br />

oral health status and avoidable hospitalisation are among the key health issues for the West<br />

Coast DHB as these rates are high compared with <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> as a whole. The West Coast<br />

cryptosporidiosis rate is also high compared with <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> as a whole but this may not be as<br />

serious. Notifiable disease rates vary due to factors other than disease prevalence, such as<br />

variations in the extent to which these conditions come to the attention of medical<br />

professionals and variations in the completeness of reporting. With these data limitations<br />

noted it is still possible that the high cryptosporidiosis notification rate indicates that there is<br />

a water quality issue in the West Coast DHB area that may affect population health.<br />

Population Profile<br />

The West Coast occupies 8.5% of <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>‟s total landmass and is home to a growing<br />

population of 32,200 people[3][3]. The population is distributed across three Territorial Local<br />

Authority (TLA) areas: Buller, Grey and Westland Districts. The West Coast DHB is the most<br />

sparsely populated DHB in the country with a population density of 1.3 people per square<br />

kilometre, less than 10% of the <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> average. A total of 57.7% of the West Coast DHB<br />

population live in urban areas, the main population centres being Greymouth, Westport and<br />

Hokitika. Between 2001 and 2006 the West Coast DHB population increased by 3.4%, with<br />

Westland seeing the fastest growth rate (8.1%). Some Census Area Units had growth rates of<br />

over 25% between 2001 and 2006 including Waiho, Totara River, Arnold Valley, Otira, Fox<br />

Glacier, Coal Creek, Hokitika Rural and Greymouth Rural.<br />

Notwithstanding, the long term population projections indicate that the West Coast region as a<br />

whole will observe declining population numbers but with a growing older population. Population<br />

estimates suggest that the child and youth populations decreased slightly between 2001 and<br />

2006 but during the same time period there was significant growth among the older adult<br />

population (40-64) and older people (65+). The West Coast DHB population has a slightly older<br />

age structure compared with <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> as a whole, with a higher proportion of people aged<br />

65 years or more compared with the national average. The Māori population on the West Coast<br />

shows a different age structure and growth pattern however; nearly one in ten of the West<br />

Coast population is Māori and there are more Māori aged under 45 years. Subsequently this will<br />

be reflected in the expected future increase for all Māori age groups over 25 years of age.<br />

<strong>More</strong> detailed ethnicity data analysis of the West Coast population shows that over 300 people<br />

identified as being of Asian ethnicity, nearly 200 were Pacific Island people and nearly 70<br />

identified as Middle Eastern/Latin American/African (MELAA). Overall 9.3% of the population<br />

identify as Māori, Pacific people make up less than 1% (0.9%) of the region's population, with<br />

the balance falling into other ethnicity groups<br />

[2][2] “An indication of <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>ers Health” (Ministry of Health, 2007)<br />

[3][3] Statistics NZ Quarterly Regional Updates, March 2008. This number indicates a growth of 0.5% since the<br />

2006 census count.<br />

* A Portrait of Health. Key Results of the 2006/07 <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> Health Survey, 2008.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 16


The base populations of the three districts are shown below.<br />

Table 1: Population & Age Distribution at 2009 (based on 2006 census) by TLA<br />

TLA Age group Number Percentage<br />

Buller District 0 - 14 1850 18.5%<br />

15 - 39 2600 26.0%<br />

40 -64 3850 38.5%<br />

65+ 1700 17.0%<br />

Total 10000 100.0%<br />

Percentage of West Coast population 31%<br />

Grey District 0 - 14 2850 20.7%<br />

15 - 39 4100 29.7%<br />

40 -64 4850 35.1%<br />

65+ 2000 14.5%<br />

Total 13800 100.0%<br />

Percentage of West Coast population 42%<br />

Westland District 0 - 14 1600 18.1%<br />

15 - 39 2640 29.9%<br />

40 -64 3370 38.2%<br />

65+ 1220 13.8%<br />

Total 8830 100.0%<br />

Percentage of West Coast population 27%<br />

West Coast total 32630<br />

The Buller area has a higher proportion of over 65 year olds and is also more deprived relative<br />

to the district as a whole.<br />

4.5 West Coast PHO<br />

The PHO is a community trust, governed by a board of nine trustees. Its founding document is<br />

its trust deed, which sets out its objectives as being:<br />

(a) "to improve, maintain and restore the health of people living in the West Coast Region;<br />

(b) "to provide or ensure the provision of accessible primary health care services to the community of<br />

the West Coast Region;<br />

(c) "to provide or ensure the provision of effective, high quality integrated health services for the<br />

community of the West Coast Region;<br />

(d) "to assist members of the community of the West Coast Region (particularly those on low<br />

incomes and with high health care needs) who have difficulty gaining timely and appropriate<br />

health services;<br />

(e) "to work with the West Coast District Health Board and community groups within the West Coast<br />

Region to achieve any of the above Objects;<br />

(f) "to support any institution, society or other body of persons whether incorporated or not whose<br />

objects are similar to the objects of the Trust set out above, provided that any such entity is<br />

established for charitable purposes in <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>."<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 17


It's trustees are derived from three sectors as follows: community, Māori and providers (three<br />

from each):<br />

three community trustees are appointed from each of the three District Councils<br />

two Māori trustees are appointed from each of the two runanga<br />

one Māori trustee is elected - by the Māori health providers electoral college<br />

three provider trustees are elected - each of the general practitioner, practice nurse<br />

and practice administration staff electoral colleges elect one trustee.<br />

The PHO provides some health services itself, but also subsidises patient care through its<br />

substantial funding for the eight medical centres across the Coast. Five of these practices are<br />

owned by the DHB, two by health professionals, and one by the PHO itself.<br />

The PHO's statement of strategy and priorities is:<br />

The purpose of the PHO is to promote and enable better health for the population on the West<br />

Coast and actively work to reduce health inequalities amongst at-risk and disadvantaged groups.<br />

The PHO will strengthen and grow its organisational functions as funder, service provider, and<br />

service co-ordinator within primary care, as a means to achieving this end and in alignment with<br />

the Government‟s <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Strategy (PHCS).<br />

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES ARE TO<br />

Work with local communities and enrolled populations<br />

Identify and remove health inequalities<br />

Offer access to comprehensive services to improve, maintain, and restore people‟s health<br />

Co-ordinate care across service areas<br />

Develop the primary care workforce<br />

Continuously improve quality using good information and evidence<br />

WE WILL FOCUS ON<br />

Improving the management of patients with chronic care conditions<br />

Closing gaps of inequality for Māori<br />

Improving access to mental health services, including for young people<br />

Improving quality of life, eg. by cancer support<br />

Improving immunisation rates<br />

Enhancing disease prevention programmes<br />

Improving the co-ordination of services both within and across services<br />

BY USING KEY MECHANISMS AND ENABLERS SUCH AS<br />

<strong>Better</strong> engagement with the community, families/whanau and individuals<br />

Improved collaboration at strategic and planning levels with the DHB and Community &<br />

Public Health<br />

Greater integration with other organisations and NGOs<br />

Supporting GP practice teams<br />

Supporting individuals and whanau<br />

Enhanced health promotion<br />

Adoption of efficient business/service models<br />

Most of the West Coast's resident population is enrolled in the PHO's eight practices. The<br />

distribution in the recent Oct-Dec 09 quarter was as follows:<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 18


Māori/Pacific Not Māori/Pacific<br />

Dep 5 Not Dep 5 Dep 5 Not Dep 5 Total<br />

Karamea 0 36 17 520 573<br />

Buller Medical Services 192 408 1,790 4,801 7,191<br />

Greymouth Family Health 11 76 147 990 1,224<br />

Greymouth Medical Centre 107 403 703 4,848 6,061<br />

High St Medical Centre 67 288 656 5,214 6,225<br />

Reefton Medical Centre 35 154 206 1,576 1,971<br />

South Westland Area<br />

Practice 0 139 0 1,425 1,564<br />

Westland Medical Centre 122 772 505 4,178 5,577<br />

Total 534 2,276 4,024 23,552 30,386<br />

1.8% 7.5% 13.2% 77.5% 100.0%<br />

The PHO's net equity as at Dec 09 was $1.1m and its recent operating financial performance is<br />

as follows:<br />

Revenue<br />

Financial performance Jul – Dec 09<br />

First level services & practice VLCA 2,387,473<br />

Administration 197,072<br />

Health Promotion 100,516<br />

Services to Improve Access 115,223<br />

Long Term Conditions 344,159<br />

Other clinical services 31,201<br />

PHO Performance Programme 166,186<br />

Rural Premiums & Reasonable Rostering 769,001<br />

Professional & practice development 35,884<br />

Mental Health & MSD 228,878<br />

Cancer Services 146,370<br />

GP Liaison 40,000<br />

HEHA (breastfeeding support) 43,872<br />

LTC Collaborative Funding 37,139<br />

Expenditure<br />

First level services & practice VLCA 2,387,473<br />

Administration 341,157<br />

Health Promotion 83,643<br />

Services to Improve Access 92,159<br />

Long Term Conditions 200,873<br />

Other clinical services 12,936<br />

PHO Performance Programme 87,193<br />

Rural Premiums & Reasonable Rostering 742,784<br />

Professional & practice development 16,281<br />

Mental Health & MSD 198,638<br />

Cancer Services 124,539<br />

GP Liaison 24,819<br />

HEHA (breastfeeding support) 38,766<br />

LTC Collaborative Funding 32,139<br />

4,642,974<br />

4,383,400<br />

Surplus 259,574<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 19


4.6 Changes underway<br />

A number of initiatives have been implemented over the last three years to address some of the<br />

health needs and service delivery concerns on the West Coast.<br />

PHO based initiatives:<br />

development of health promoting practices and a wide number of high profile health<br />

promotion activities, including Smokefree, Heart Week, men‟s health days, Green<br />

prescription, Tai Chi classes, community activity programmes<br />

breastfeeding co-ordinators and peer support programme<br />

kaiawhina role to improve access for Māori in the Buller district<br />

long term condition management programme incorporating targeted care, self<br />

management support, delivery system redesign and clinical information systems<br />

primary mental health assessments and brief intervention counselling<br />

navigation support for those with cancer<br />

Māori health plan<br />

PHO Performance Programme with GP facilitator<br />

immunisation enhancement.<br />

DHB based initiatives in primary and community care:<br />

Māori health needs analysis<br />

investment in nursing competency and role extension<br />

movement to models of care in which nurses provide front line services where<br />

appropriate<br />

greater use of nurses – with nurse to GP consult ratios being the highest for any DHB in<br />

NZ<br />

closer working relationships with Canterbury in many services<br />

movement to more community based mental health service delivery – with reduction to<br />

five acute inpatient beds on the Coast<br />

delivering a predominately community based mental health service delivery model,<br />

enhancing community based support services delivered by NGOs and reducing acute<br />

inpatient beds to five<br />

establishment of an academic practice to co-train rural GPs and rural nurses and<br />

sourcing CTA support for pilot training programmes<br />

development of an IT platform which provides for a single shared patient record across<br />

DHB practices with access through Healthviews to hospital sourced health information<br />

such as discharge summaries, PACS radiology, lab results<br />

through After Hours funding providing West Coast-wide after hours triage phone<br />

support.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 20


4.7 West Coast region service delivery issues<br />

Key problems identified by the steering group, advisory group, reference group and<br />

stakeholders that face the West Coast health care system are:<br />

Workforce shortages<br />

Difficulties in recruiting and retaining staff (especially GPs and allied health staff) has led to<br />

high turnover, excessive reliance on locums and under staffing. This is exacerbated by the<br />

relatively deprived nature of the community, the low population density and high on-call<br />

requirements in rural areas.<br />

Leading to poor access to care:<br />

Difficulty in staffing GP roles has resulted in enrolled patients being unable to book routine<br />

appointments within an acceptable timeframe (waits of longer than 3 weeks are typical in some<br />

practices) and patients new to town unable to enroll in any practice. Difficulty in resourcing<br />

also results in a tendency towards responding reactively to acute presentations and allowing<br />

these to take precedence over proactive, planned care of patients with chronic conditions –<br />

reducing the possibility of managing future demand. Again, the Coast geography mitigates<br />

against easy access, with many people living more than 60 minutes travel time away from major<br />

urban centres.<br />

Service fragmentation<br />

Services operate in partial silos resulting in:<br />

lack of continuity of care<br />

difficulties navigating through the system<br />

duplication of assessment, needless administration, disparate treatment policies and<br />

protocols, and poor sharing of clinical information.<br />

Within primary care, there is frequent use of locums, and high dependence on Emergency<br />

Department (ED) services at Buller and Greymouth. People often see a different GP or nurse<br />

each time and thereby experience poorer quality care. Further, when GP numbers are<br />

insufficient, and nursing staff are used as sole caregivers for most primary care consults,<br />

without changes to the overall model of care to ensure adequate GP support, quality processes<br />

and professional development, there is a risk of people operating outside their scopes of<br />

practice and of avoidable harm to patients.<br />

Services are not co-located in some areas, making it particularly difficult for the frail older<br />

people or those without transport. When services are co-located, they are often not<br />

integrated, meaning that opportunities to schedule, for instance, a physiotherapy appointment<br />

at the same time as a diabetes annual review (to reduce the travel burden) are missed.<br />

Service fragmentation leads to duplication in reporting and management infrastructure – and<br />

siloed funding streams – reducing the ability to innovate and to use funding flexibly.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 21


Inequalities in health outcomes<br />

Māori remain under-enrolled in the PHO (particularly in Grey District) leading to poor access to<br />

proactive care for Māori.<br />

<strong>More</strong> generally, lack of community knowledge of the health system in general, and in particular<br />

about:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

how best to access care (including after hours)<br />

what enrolment means (enrolment in health system)<br />

what services they can expect.<br />

how to care for self/whanau with common ailments<br />

what constitutes a healthy lifestyle<br />

how to support a whanau member/oneself in managing long term health conditions such<br />

as heart disease and or diabetes<br />

leads to poorer health outcomes and greater use of secondary health resources by Māori and<br />

those living in deprived areas.<br />

Affordability of services<br />

As noted, the current configuration of services is unaffordable for the taxpayer funder, as well<br />

as delivering suboptimal outcomes.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 22


5 Future model of care<br />

5.1 The desired patient care pathway/model of care<br />

This section describes the vision for the new model of care that will be in place once the goals<br />

and objectives have been achieved. The intent is that, over time, total transformation will occur<br />

consistent with the "<strong>Better</strong>, <strong>Sooner</strong>, <strong>More</strong> <strong>Convenient</strong>" framework.<br />

From a patient perspective:<br />

Patients are enrolled with an IFHC as their health care home. Within each IFHC are smaller<br />

units of health care teams normally comprising two to four nurses, and one to two doctors<br />

working in partnership to look after a population of people. Patients know the doctors and<br />

nurses in „their‟ health care team, a smaller unit within the IFHC that provides continuity and<br />

consistency of care and builds trusting relationships.<br />

The care provided is patient centred and holistic. All patients of all ethnicities and<br />

socio-economic groups feel valued and respected. Service is personal and friendly; patients do<br />

not feel lost in a large impersonal health centre.<br />

Patients know how to access care, the hours of opening, after hours arrangements, types of<br />

appointments available, and are happy to be guided as to which health professional can best<br />

meet their needs on any occasion. For acute care and long term condition management their<br />

first port of call is usually one of the nurses in „their‟ team, and they know that back up from<br />

GPs is available when required. For complex consultations longer appointments are available with<br />

their GP. Patients with serious problems are able to be seen within twenty-four hours, or sooner<br />

– particularly for children and frail older people whose condition is unstable. Routine and<br />

preventive care appointments are provided within three days. Laboratory tests samples are<br />

collected on site and x-rays nearby and, if the pharmacy is not on site, home deliveries are<br />

available.<br />

For Māori, particularly those who have disengaged from the system, there will be a Māori nurse,<br />

and supporting kaiawhina or health navigator in each IFHC, who can provide outreach services<br />

and support whanau to access care, and have their health needs met in a culturally appropriate<br />

manner that incorporates Māori models of care such as Te Whare Tapa Wha 1 , and Te Wheke 2 .<br />

Often people manage their own health problems, following nurse phone advice from national<br />

health lines, accessing information on recommended websites, or following their written care<br />

plans. Pharmacists assist patients with the management of minor ailments. Many people will be<br />

involved in community programmes provided by the IFHS, such as Green Prescription, smoking<br />

1 Durie, M. Mauri Ora, Wellington. 1990<br />

2 Cited at: http://www.Māorihealth.govt.nz/2004/taaria_1.php#<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 23


cessation, self management education groups. Others are helped to access NGO support and<br />

community group activities.<br />

Messages about keeping healthy are everywhere in the community: libraries, shopping centres,<br />

pharmacies, schools and IFHCs. While health promotion messages and displays are zany and fun,<br />

people will also have the information they need to make healthy lifestyle choices. It is the<br />

norm to eat healthily, breastfeed one‟s babies, be physically active and not to smoke. Children<br />

are immunised, older people and those with long term conditions have annual flu vaccinations, and<br />

those in the at risk age groups have annual or five yearly cardio vascular risk assessments and<br />

diabetes screening. Smokers are screened for chronic respiratory disease.<br />

For those with complex health problems there is a range of extra care available. The IFHC<br />

is considerably more comprehensive than the traditional medical centre; it incorporates a range<br />

of medical, nursing and allied healthcare professionals some of whom are permanently based in<br />

the IFHC as part of the wider multi disciplinary team and others who may visit on a daily or<br />

sessional basis. Whether staff are employed by the IFHC, the DHB, the PHO, another NGO, or<br />

in private practice, patients know that the shared electronic health record means they do not<br />

need to repeat their story to each new person they see, and that their care is well co-ordinated.<br />

Nor do they need to wait for referrals to be processed and prioritised: appointments to see<br />

other members of the multi disciplinary team (MDT) can be made on the spot, and can be<br />

scheduled all for the same trip to the IFHC.<br />

People with complex needs, such as those with LTCs and frail older persons, are assessed by<br />

<strong>Care</strong> Link (West Coast's NASC) assessors at the IFHC and have a plan made for how the<br />

different members of the MDT can contribute to their care. They have a key worker they can<br />

rely on to co-ordinate their care and if they need help in navigating the health system and<br />

accessing the social support and benefits they need, they will also have a health navigator to<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 24


support them. Help with understanding medications is available from pharmacists via medication<br />

reviews.<br />

Those with mental health problems are assessed by a mental health co-ordinator within the<br />

IFHC who will help them select the package of care they need to get well, ranging from<br />

community support, through brief intervention counseling, to admission to community mental<br />

health services. They receive their care in the IFHC and this lessens their sense of<br />

stigmatization. Their GP knows what care they are receiving and is able to provide support and<br />

ensure their physical needs are not neglected.<br />

The community knows that their health centre has been Cornerstone Accredited, has quality<br />

systems in place and is keen to receive feedback so that the services can be steadily improved.<br />

Community, business and iwi leaders meet regularly with senior clinicians and management to<br />

work together to improve health services and increase community understanding.<br />

If hospital based care is required, information flows electronically to and from specialists, and<br />

the care provided is consistent with, and a continuation of, that provided in the IFHC.<br />

And most of the time, for most people and their families, with most problems, whatever their<br />

age, their GP and nurse team will be there, helping them on their life journey.<br />

5.2 Goals for better, sooner more convenient<br />

The vision of <strong>Better</strong>, <strong>Sooner</strong>, <strong>More</strong> <strong>Convenient</strong> primary care is one that, if implemented well, will<br />

address the current issues with health care delivery on the West Coast.<br />

The following eight goals arise from this vision:<br />

1. Partnership with the community<br />

2. <strong>Sooner</strong>: improving access to primary care<br />

3. <strong>Better</strong>: improving continuity of primary care<br />

4. <strong>Better</strong>: improving consistency of care<br />

5. <strong>Better</strong>: improving co-ordination of care between general practices, hospitals and<br />

community providers<br />

6. <strong>More</strong> convenient: community based care in integrated family health centres<br />

7. Greater clinical leadership<br />

8. Living within the available funding.<br />

For each goal objectives and key activities were developed. Then as a tool to managing change<br />

towards the desired model of care, a number of working groups were established, each working<br />

towards the overall goals and objectives and developing a different aspect of the model of care.<br />

Clinical leaders from all disciplines, as well as PHO, DHB and provider arm managers were<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 25


involved in the working groups. Each group developed a detailed plan that includes deliverables<br />

(implementation phase, year one, two and three and output and outcome measures). The working<br />

groups will continue to take responsibility for the implementation of these plans so that the<br />

goals and objectives of this business case can be realised and a new model of care implemented.<br />

The work plans cover the following aspects, and are included in full in the appendix.<br />

Work plans that relate to care delivery:<br />

core general practice redesign<br />

acute care<br />

keeping people healthy<br />

long term conditions<br />

integration: Health Pathways<br />

integration: DHB community based services<br />

improved access to diagnostics<br />

referred services<br />

mental health<br />

frail older people.<br />

Plans for the enablers - support, systems and facilities - required to deliver the new model of<br />

care:<br />

workforce<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

IFHCs – facilities<br />

IFHCs - information & communications technology<br />

change management.<br />

The following schema shows the way that the various work plans support the strategies, targets,<br />

goals and vision of this plan:<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 26


LEVERS<br />

VISION<br />

<strong>Better</strong>, sooner, more convenient<br />

To improve health outcomes for the West Coast community, within the available budget<br />

OUTCOMES<br />

Targets Goals<br />

<strong>Better</strong><br />

Community / patient<br />

focused care<br />

Improved health<br />

outcomes for people<br />

with long term<br />

conditions<br />

<strong>Better</strong><br />

Continuity, consistency,<br />

coordination of care<br />

Increased<br />

immunisation and<br />

screening rates<br />

Shorter wait times to be<br />

seen by GP/PN team<br />

<strong>Sooner</strong><br />

Improved access to care<br />

Reduced levels of<br />

Ambulatory Sensitive<br />

Hospitalisations / ED<br />

attendances<br />

<strong>More</strong> convenient<br />

Integrated care in IFHCs<br />

Services live within<br />

available funding<br />

STRATEGIES<br />

Bed in team based delivery<br />

model for primary care<br />

- Improving multi-disciplinary<br />

teamwork<br />

- Increased collaboration between<br />

general practices<br />

- Move to 1:2000 GP ratio, 1:900<br />

PN ratio<br />

Service specific strategies<br />

- Long term conditions<br />

- Frail elderly<br />

- Mental health<br />

- Integration<br />

- Acute care<br />

- Keeping people healthy<br />

Workforce<br />

Integrate PHO and DHB<br />

community services<br />

- Integrated clinical pathways<br />

- Reduced administration and<br />

management costs<br />

IFHCs<br />

- Develop 3 IFHCs at Westport,<br />

Greymouth & Hokita<br />

- 1 stop shop for community &<br />

primary care<br />

- Shared health record<br />

Clinical<br />

relationships<br />

Delegation to<br />

PHO/Trust<br />

Flexible<br />

outcomes<br />

based contract<br />

The objectives, key activities and associated work plans for each of the eight goals are set out<br />

in the change management section.<br />

5.3 Reducing inequalities<br />

This plan aims to improve services for Māori in that it:<br />

has an emphasis on reducing inequalities between the health outcomes of Māori and<br />

other <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>ers<br />

builds on Māori staff capacity and capability to improve the uptake of services<br />

commits to building the capacity and capability of non Māori staff to improve the uptake<br />

of service by Māori<br />

links in with Māori community based programmes<br />

includes initiatives that will improve access for Māori<br />

utilizes accurate ethnicity data and reports separately by ethnicity so as to stimulate<br />

effective service delivery for Māori.<br />

The Health Equity Assessment Tool was used to identify how the development of IFHCs could<br />

decrease inequalities in access and health outcomes. The results are shown in the Appendices.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 27


The DHB Māori Health Unit reviewed the plans from the various workstream, providing guidance<br />

on how they could be better designed to reduce inequalities. The work plans in the appendices<br />

each contain a section on how the plan will reduce inequalities.<br />

5.4 Service specific model of care development s<br />

5.4.1 Future general practice model of care<br />

Specific developments related to general practice are set out in „Appendix Two: Core general<br />

practice redesign‟. This describes a process whereby practice teams will work together to<br />

develop improvements/alternatives to what is currently not working - in terms of access, safety<br />

of care and financial viability.<br />

An important realisation is the likely need to deliberately move to a strategy whereby<br />

experienced practice and rural nurses see most general patients (including dispensing under<br />

standing orders), and GPs provide back up support, supervision and are available to see complex<br />

patients whose diagnosis and care plan is less clear. Currently a version of this model of care is<br />

in place at some practices, but often in an unplanned way – as an ad hoc response to a shortage<br />

of GPs. The new model of care accepts that the West Coast generally has ratios of 1 GP to<br />

2000 patients, and provides the necessary supports in the form of additional practice nurses<br />

and consistent policies and processes to make this model safe and rewarding for patients and<br />

staff. However, this model is not yet set in stone and if alternatives are proposed that have as<br />

good or better outcomes in terms of access, safety of care and financial viability, they will be<br />

considered.<br />

We have calculated the likely activity levels and associated FTE requirements to support this<br />

model of care. Detailed FTE calculations are presented in the Business model section of this<br />

report. Of note, we calculate that the number of current GPs on the Coast would be about right<br />

(particularly with this number as permanent GPs), whereas we find that we are under resourced<br />

in practices nurses and rural nurses to deliver the new model of care. In general, the model<br />

assumes that most people see a practice nurse, and then, if necessary a GP. This will require<br />

changes to the way GP and nurse time is scheduled and will take some time to implement fully,<br />

with some practices being more ready to move to this model than others.<br />

Importantly, we expect that GPs will continue to see around 65% of patients presenting with an<br />

undifferentiated condition (general consults). Most will be seen briefly – as a 5 minute adjunct<br />

to a practice nurse consult, but we have also allowed for 25% of patients (the more complex) to<br />

have a 20 minute consult with the GP.<br />

5.4.2 Multidisciplinary approach<br />

Patients will remain „under the care of their general practice team‟ within the IFHC, even when<br />

health professionals other than the GP and practice/rural nurse, are significantly involved in<br />

care for particular patients (and, in some cases, members of the 'expanded team' may well be<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 28


providing the majority of care). That is, referral to and/or engagement of workers, other than<br />

the GP and practice/rural nurse, in a patient's care, will not see a transfer of responsibility for<br />

care away from their general practice team. Nor will the involvement of more health<br />

professionals see the proliferation of separate sets of clinical notes, or of parallel but<br />

disconnected care pathways.<br />

The augmented workforce of medical, nursing and allied health care professionals will<br />

nevertheless see themselves, and be seen by others, primarily and intrinsically as part of that<br />

IFHC team; they will talk about „us‟ rather than „them‟ when referring to these centres.<br />

The patients‟ health needs will be cared for, according to their complexity/severity, by the<br />

member(s) of the IFHC team best suited to meeting these needs as per the following diagram 3 :<br />

As members of a single primary/community services team, health professionals at the IFHC will:<br />

have the same catchment population boundaries for the purpose of workload and<br />

resource planning<br />

use common appointment booking systems (eg. rather than referring patients to each<br />

other, will be able to book appointments directly)<br />

use a single common clinical record<br />

develop patient pathways for those requiring multidisciplinary care<br />

develop shared policies and processes<br />

work together in a partnership model.<br />

An IFHC might comprise a multi-disciplinary team that looks like this:<br />

3<br />

Sourced from <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Advisory Council. Progress Report of the Council‟s work to provide advice to the<br />

Ministry of Health and District Health Boards on <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Service Models. Nov 2009<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 29


5.4.3 Future well child service model<br />

Currently well child service provision is fragmented between Plunket, primary care, Māori health<br />

NGO providers, LMCs and Community nursing services. The advent of IFHCS creates the<br />

opportunity to bring these carers together, so that care is streamlined, information is shared<br />

and families get the right level of follow up.<br />

Initial discussions with NGO service providers indicate a willingness to collaborate in order to<br />

achieve better health outcomes and better use of resources. <strong>More</strong> detailed discussions and<br />

project planning will occur in year one of the implementation phase.<br />

5.4.4 Future mental health service model<br />

[NB. The Mental Health component of this plan was written on the basis of funding being<br />

available to employ Mental Health Co-ordinators in each IFHC. It became apparent on 23 rd<br />

February that this funding was not going to be available. While aspects of this plan may still be<br />

able to be implemented within existing resources and funding, this will require discussion with,<br />

and support from, clinicians from community mental health services, primary mental health<br />

services and primary care. Given the time now available a revision to this plan was therefore not<br />

attempted; this review will done by June 30, 2010.]<br />

Significant changes are proposed for mental health services. Most secondary mental health<br />

services provided by the West Coast DHB are, in fact, community based. Over time it is<br />

proposed that these will increasingly be based in IFHCs to enhance the connection with core<br />

primary care. This process will commence in 1 July 2010 with the devolution of funds for three<br />

primary care based primary mental health co-ordinators who, over time, will conduct almost all<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 30


The<br />

Community<br />

Health<br />

System<br />

Delivery System<br />

Design<br />

Clinical<br />

Information<br />

Systems<br />

Equity in<br />

Health<br />

assessments for patients with mental health conditions, irrespective of whether patients are<br />

then referred for primary or secondary mental health interventions. Currently, there is one<br />

assessment role in primary care, and it only assesses patients for entry to brief intervention<br />

counselling provided by the primary mental health team.<br />

This devolution will reduce the separateness of (and associated stigma that typically goes with<br />

referral to) secondary mental health services, prevent patients falling through the 'gap'<br />

between primary and secondary mental health services, and further strengthen the provision of<br />

mental health services in primary care settings.<br />

After year two, provided developmental milestones are achieved, it is anticipated that mental<br />

health services will be fully devolved to the PHO/community provider, to enable further<br />

integration of service delivery.<br />

5.4.5 Future management of long term conditions<br />

The WCPHO and DHB have invested significantly in development of a best practice framework<br />

for management of long term conditions (LTCs). The developments to date, and future targets<br />

are detailed in „Appendix 5 Long Term conditions‟. The framework is summarized in the<br />

schematic below.<br />

Chronic conditions management – the WCDHB<br />

framework,<br />

The Patient’s Journey<br />

Environment<br />

Healthy<br />

At Risk<br />

Acute<br />

Event<br />

Initial<br />

management<br />

Long term<br />

clinical and<br />

Self<br />

management<br />

End of Life<br />

<strong>Care</strong><br />

Healthy public<br />

policy and<br />

creation of<br />

supportive<br />

environments<br />

Non-italics=<br />

existing service<br />

Italics= proposed<br />

service<br />

Healthy<br />

Schools;<br />

Smoke free;<br />

HEHA:<br />

Community<br />

events;<br />

Breast feeding;<br />

Men‟s health;<br />

Green Rx;<br />

Health<br />

promoting<br />

practices<br />

CVD and<br />

diabetes<br />

screening,<br />

follow up<br />

for those at<br />

highest risk<br />

Smoking<br />

cessation<br />

Diagnosis,<br />

hospital<br />

admission<br />

Pre-hospital<br />

fibrinolysis<br />

Diabetes<br />

Pulmonary<br />

rehabilitation,<br />

Cardiac<br />

rehabilitation,<br />

Arthritis and<br />

diabetes<br />

education/<br />

support<br />

groups<br />

PHO LTC: Focus on,<br />

CVD, diabetes ,<br />

COPD: clinical and self<br />

management support<br />

<strong>Care</strong>Link and AT&R<br />

assessments and MDT<br />

review for more<br />

complex<br />

Cancer<br />

navigators<br />

Palliative<br />

care<br />

funding in<br />

primary<br />

care<br />

UNDERPINNED BY THE WEST COAST‟S 7 PILLARS OF CHRONIC CONDITIONS MANAGEMENT<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 31


The programme is both based on the Wagner Chronic <strong>Care</strong> model 1 (self-management support,<br />

community support, delivery system redesign, clinical information systems and decision support)<br />

and the Kaiser Triangle stratified care approach 4 . The Programme meets the National Health<br />

Committee‟s objectives 5 of providing effective chronic care management and co-ordination<br />

through using a population health approach to care delivery, based on level of need, both clinical<br />

need and need for self-management support. There is a focus on those with conditions that are<br />

frequent or severe, and these are addressed by national evidence based clinical guidelines and<br />

are responsive to enhanced primary care management, and have outcomes that can be tracked<br />

over time to measure improvement (cardiovascular disease [CVD], diabetes, and Chronic<br />

Obstructive Pulmonary Disease [COPD]).<br />

The DHB and the Ministry of Health both approved the content of the long term conditions<br />

(LTC) management programme in late 2008, including giving permission to allocate all LTC funds<br />

(diabetes annual review, <strong>Care</strong> Plus, some Section J contract lines and some SIA funding) into a<br />

global budget for this programme.<br />

The programme is based on all patients with diabetes, CVD or COPD having an annual review<br />

from the time of diagnosis, and then based on their clinical condition and ability to self manage,<br />

a decision is made as to the level of care they require for the following year, based on clinical<br />

need and self management competency.<br />

Implementation of the programme has gone well in 2009 using the IHI Breakthrough Series<br />

methodology. A recent evaluation 6 of the implementation showed high acceptance by practices<br />

and increases in the numbers of patients with LTCs managed in a proactive and planned manner –<br />

now 1419 in <strong>Care</strong> plus, 1061 in level 1, 300 in level 2 and 27 in level 3.<br />

The key objectives of the next stage of LTC management are:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

To increase implementation of the programme so that over 70% of all patients with<br />

COPD, CVD and/or diabetes have an annual review followed by a timely package of care<br />

appropriate for their level of need.<br />

Development of a Māori team within each IFHC who will focus on improving access and<br />

health outcomes for Māori.<br />

To review the management of Level 3 patients and enhance the integration between<br />

general practice care and AT&R, <strong>Care</strong> Link and nurse specialist care and allied heath<br />

To enable and empower people in the community to obtain, process and understand<br />

health information and services needed to make appropriate decisions about their<br />

health.<br />

To develop health navigator support services for Level 3 patients who have difficulty<br />

accessing health care and social services<br />

4 World Health Organisation Innovative <strong>Care</strong> for Chronic Conditions: Building Blocks for Action: Global Report 2002<br />

WHO document no. WHO/NMC/CCH/02.01.<br />

5 National Health Committee People with Long Term Conditions A Discussion Paper National Health Committee<br />

Wellington May 2005<br />

6 North D, Tracey J. Evaluation of the IHI Breakthrough Series Project for West Coast PHO. Jan 2010.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 32


To better integrate the support provided to patients by CNSs, allied health and medical<br />

centres, eg. through better communication and information sharing.<br />

To link with the activities described in the health promotion work stream.<br />

The expected outcomes from this programme are set out in the table below.<br />

Outcome measures – for all and for Māori<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

% diabetes HbA1c


staff, allied health, residential care, home care agencies etc. This includes<br />

InterRAI and other assessments.<br />

- A triage function for logging all cases and sending simple routine cases directly<br />

to the appropriate service while ensuring complex cases receive multidisciplinary<br />

assessment,, case management through Chronic Conditions Programme and/or<br />

<strong>Care</strong>Link, and/or referral to specialist services<br />

- Clear, agreed protocols for accessing services<br />

Co-locate <strong>Care</strong> Link with the IFHC, and link staff to specific primary health teams,<br />

thereby giving those teams easy access to expert assessment (interRAI), communitybased<br />

support packages and a case management function for people with long-term<br />

disabling conditions.<br />

Set up a restorative home-based support service based on need, accessed through<br />

<strong>Care</strong>Link and closely linked to primary and community health services,<br />

Make best use of specialist Health of Older People (AT&R) resources:<br />

- set up clear pathways to ensure timely transfer to specialist services for frail<br />

older people and anyone with a stroke<br />

- a greater proportion of AT&R staff time available for consultation and support<br />

for primary health services, home care services and residential care.<br />

A three year implementation plan to achieve these objectives has been developed and is detailed<br />

in the Appendix Eleven.<br />

5.4.7 Link with Secondary services/health pathways<br />

HealthPathways is web-based information system developed by Canterbury DHB Planning and<br />

Funding in conjunction with local clinicians. GPs and hospital clinicians identified the importance<br />

of current information in securing the best care for patients within existing constraints<br />

(workforce and fiscal) and developed HealthPathways to provide this information, with a primary<br />

focus on general practice care.<br />

Currently, the primary care system on the West Coast is not in a good position to take on clinical<br />

tasks currently performed in secondary care settings. Similarly, Greymouth hospital services<br />

are generally staffed on a capacity model – in which staff costs do not vary with reductions in<br />

activity. However, in the medium term, with the strengthening of the primary care sector, and<br />

the development of more activity based staffing for some services, associated with a closer<br />

working relationship with Canterbury DHB, there may be an opportunity to move some clinical<br />

work from the hospital setting into IFHCs.<br />

The main driver for implementing Health Pathways on the Coast at this point is to improve<br />

consistency and quality of care. (see Appendix Seven for further detail).<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 34


5.5 Enablers<br />

A key aspect of this business case is greater integration of services. Currently, medical centres<br />

on the one hand, and community nursing and allied health and mental health on the other,<br />

operate as mostly separate, parallel systems, even though their respective patient cohorts<br />

overlap significantly. This separateness is underpinned and exacerbated by several structural<br />

factors - the various sets of services use different, unconnected information management<br />

systems (and for different purposes), are housed in multiple, separate buildings, and are owned<br />

& operated by various different entities with very different drivers and constraints. This<br />

project envisages changes in each of these three areas (information technology, facilities,<br />

organisational structures) as key enablers of change.<br />

5.5.1 Future facilities<br />

Renovated or new facilities will be a key enabler of better integration of services in many parts<br />

of the West Coast region. This business case entails two smaller and two larger facility<br />

projects.<br />

The first smaller project is in Greymouth, Grey District, where a proto-IFHC is emerging in the<br />

form of Greymouth Medical Centre's rural primary health training facility. This 'academic<br />

practice' is to be located on the Greymouth Hospital site next to the Emergency Department<br />

(ED). In it, health professionals (and health professionals in training) will work across the<br />

primary practice and the ED. This practice will be operational from 1 July '10.<br />

The second smaller project is in Franz Josef in South Westland, Westland District, where a<br />

joint DHB/St Johns Ambulance facility on St Johns' land is proposed. This facility is larger<br />

than the four other clinics in South Westland, and is likely to become the hub of the South<br />

Westland practice.<br />

The first of the larger projects is in Westport, Buller District, where existing medical centre<br />

and hospital facilities, though located on the same site, are widely dispersed and in various<br />

states of poor repair. The aim is to build a brand new, substantive IFHC, to replace the existing<br />

medical centre and hospital buildings, as the hub of IFHC services district wide for the<br />

foreseeable future. This facility is likely to be a 2011/12 project.<br />

The final project, and the largest and most complex, is the substantive IFHC proposed for<br />

Greymouth. It will subsume/replace the proto-IFHC described above, and is envisaged to bring<br />

the three Greymouth medical centres, various other private providers and the DHB's community<br />

nursing, allied health and community mental health services all together into a single integrated<br />

facility. The IFHC could possibly be located on the Greymouth Hospital site, and even be<br />

physically connected to it. This project, if built on hospital land, would need to dovetail with<br />

the proposed redevelopment of Grey Base Hospital - from which arises some of the complexity<br />

of this project.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 35


Appendix Thirteen gives considerably greater detail re these proposed facilities, together with<br />

associated development timelines & funding sources.<br />

5.5.2 Future information systems<br />

One of the key elements of the West Coast Integrated Family Health Centre project is the<br />

electronic integration of health services, supporting an integrated model of service delivery<br />

across a range of geographically isolated service delivery locations.<br />

We will ensure that the right level of access to clinical information is available at each point of<br />

care encountered by patients, and that all appropriate clinical information follows the patient<br />

from carer to carer as they travel through a patient centred network of care, all in a way that<br />

minimises waste and duplication and whist safeguarding patient privacy. Activities to support<br />

this approach include shared electronic clinical records between primary and community<br />

providers, hospital clinicians being able to access primary care clinical records, primary clinicians<br />

accessing summary information in the secondary care system (eg. discharge summaries,<br />

diagnostic results), medical telemetry (eg. videoconferencing, remote consultations and remote<br />

diagnosis).<br />

An individual‟s health information is a taonga – it has great value and is sacred to them. It is<br />

therefore essential to ensure that health information is secure and that a patient's wishes are<br />

adhered to regarding its availability. The PHO and DHB will develop clinical audit protocols and<br />

processes that ensure use is monitored and inappropriate access detected.<br />

This fits with national strategies around the development of integrated Electronic Health<br />

Records (EHR) and with patient access to the same. However, West Coast does not propose to<br />

be a leader in these major developments. Our approach is more tactical, as described in<br />

Appendix Fourteen, but this approach places us well to implement integrated EHR when it<br />

becomes available.<br />

Further information on IT support is provided in Appendix Fourteen.<br />

5.6 Clinician engagement<br />

A wide range of clinicians from general practice, community nursing, allied health and secondary<br />

care have been involved in the development of this plan:<br />

Establishment of large advisory group including range of disciplines from community and<br />

hospital based services that met weekly over three months to provide input and<br />

feedback.<br />

Involvement of a large number of clinicians in each workstream (see details within each<br />

work plan in the appendices).<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 36


Two rounds of meetings with front line general practice teams, particularly focusing on<br />

models of care.<br />

Wide dissemination of draft documents for input.<br />

Input over three meetings of the PHO Clinical Governance Committee which includes<br />

clinicians, lay and iwi representatives.<br />

Input from the <strong>Primary</strong> Secondary <strong>Care</strong> Liaison (GP Liaison) committee at two meetings<br />

that focused on the EoI.<br />

One-on-one meetings with private practice owners.<br />

Meetings with community pharmacists.<br />

Two open meetings with Senior Medical Officers.<br />

Open meeting with all hospital based clinical leaders.<br />

Of note in this process was the acceptance by the majority of clinicians of the need to change,<br />

the willingness to embrace new models of care that provide better care (continuity, consistency,<br />

co-ordination), sooner care (improved access with decreased waiting times) and more convenient<br />

care (one stop shop approach). While there were some understandable concerns about what this<br />

might mean for future roles and working conditions, there was very little patch protection, a<br />

willingness to look outside the square, and a commitment to work together to develop new<br />

systems and processes of care.<br />

Change management strategies are described further in Section 10.2. Project advisory and<br />

reference group membership is detailed in Appendix Fifteen.<br />

5.7 Community engagement<br />

Given the time frames of this EoI direct community engagement has been less than ideal.<br />

However the following consultation activities were able to take place:<br />

Presentation and discussion of the EoI with the DHB Board at two board meetings.<br />

Detailed discussion of the EoI papers at three PHO board meetings (on the board are<br />

representatives from the three Coast TLAs, representatives from both runanga and the<br />

Māori provider).<br />

Input over three meetings of the PHO Clinical Governance Committee which includes<br />

community, and iwi and Mori provider representatives.<br />

Representation on the EoI Advisory group from NGOs, Māori providers, DHB General<br />

Manager Māori.<br />

Open meeting with NGOs to explain the process and receive their feedback.<br />

Meeting with Greymouth mayor.<br />

If and when the business case is approved, wider community consultation will need to be<br />

undertaken regarding a number of the aspects that this business case envisages and/or<br />

proposes should change (in line with the DHB's statutory requirements). Given the West Coast<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 37


community's keen interest in their health services, and the scale of changes proposed, it will be<br />

important to engage fully with the community.<br />

In the implementation phase, each IFHC will establish a community reference group or link into<br />

established community engagement groups who can assist in the development of plans for their<br />

districts. These groups will include local mayors (or their representation), community leaders,<br />

business leaders and iwi leaders.<br />

5.8 Evidence for this model<br />

A number of reports and papers have informed the development of the overall model of care:<br />

The 2008 WHO report on <strong>Primary</strong> care: Now more than ever 7 stresses the overall importance<br />

of a strong primary heath sector and in particular the need to bring care closer to the people,<br />

the importance of primary care taking responsibility for the health of a defined or enrolled<br />

population, and the need to strengthen the primary care providers‟ role as co-ordinators of care.<br />

The paper on primary healthcare service models, produced by the <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Advisory<br />

Council 8 , was helpful in developing a model for stratifying the different types of care needed by<br />

the population. Well people with simple problems need fast and efficient care by either a GP or<br />

nurse. Complex long term problems need a proactive approach, often the input of a<br />

multidisciplinary team and a defined key worker. The trick is to keep the efficiencies of<br />

traditional general practice while moving to a model of care that works better for those with<br />

complex problems.<br />

In regard to nurses taking on roles traditionally done by GPs, much as been written that<br />

suggests that moves in this direction can be safe and appropriate for patients. Horrocks et al 9<br />

concluded that for patients requesting same day appointments for minor illness that health<br />

outcomes were equal and patient satisfaction better for nurse practitioners than for GPs.<br />

Consultations were longer and more investigations ordered. On the other hand Cochrane<br />

recently published an extensive review that concluded 10 :<br />

“The findings suggest that appropriately trained nurses can produce as high quality care<br />

as primary care doctors and achieve as good health outcomes for patients. However, this<br />

conclusion should be viewed with caution given that only one study was powered to assess<br />

equivalence of care, many studies had methodological limitations, and patient follow-up<br />

was generally 12 months or less.<br />

7 WHO report on <strong>Primary</strong> care: Now more than ever, 2008. Pg52<br />

8 <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Advisory Council. Progress Report of the Council‟s work to provide advice to the Ministry of<br />

Health and District Health Boards on <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Service Models. Nov 2009<br />

9 Horrocks S, Anderson E, Salisbury C. Systematic review of whether nurse practitioners working in primary care can<br />

provide equivalent care to doctors. BMJ 2002; 324: 819-23.<br />

10 Laurant M, Reeves D, Hermens R, Braspenning J, Grol R, Sibbald B. Substitution of doctors by nurses in primary care.<br />

Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2004, Issue 4. Art. No.: CD001271. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD001271.pub2.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 38


While doctor-nurse substitution has the potential to reduce doctors' workload and<br />

direct healthcare costs, achieving such reductions depends on the particular context of<br />

care. <strong>Doctor</strong>s' workload may remain unchanged either because nurses are deployed to<br />

meet previously unmet patient need or because nurses generate demand for care where<br />

previously there was none. Savings in cost depend on the magnitude of the salary<br />

differential between doctors and nurses, and may be offset by the lower productivity of<br />

nurses compared to doctors.”<br />

The results of the changes of the model of care outlined in this plan will be monitored carefully<br />

in regards to both patient safety and cost to the health system.<br />

The need for new models of integrated care for the aging population and those with long term<br />

conditions has been well described by Rosen and Ham 11 :<br />

“With an aging population and an increasing prevalence of chronic disease, ever more<br />

people require care and support services from organisations that cross the boundaries<br />

of health, social care, housing and voluntary organisations. A wealth of studies report<br />

that people with chronic, complex health problems – particularly older people – are often<br />

confused by the array of services they are faced with, receive duplicate interventions,<br />

and find it hard to understand where to turn with specific problems. They value<br />

initiatives to co-ordinate care and simplify their journey through the health and social<br />

care systems.<br />

Equally, with pressure to deliver elective care in community settings and prevent<br />

avoidable ill health, integration and collaboration between generalists and specialists –<br />

GPs, consultants, specialist nurses and other clinicians – is increasingly important.”<br />

They advise that any project involving integration of services:<br />

Makes improved patient care the main objective of every proposal.<br />

Develops clearly articulated and shares goals.<br />

Involves local primary care networks and clinicians in developing the strategy.<br />

Takes time and effort to build the relationships, trust and clinical leadership required in<br />

integrated teams.<br />

Measures clinical and social outcomes so that the effect of changes can be reviewed and<br />

programmes modified.<br />

Is careful to unbundle the true costs of any services before devolution occurs.<br />

Develops robust governance arrangements from the start.<br />

Establishes the right incentives for services and clinicians to want to be involved.<br />

11 Rosen R, Ham C. Integrated <strong>Care</strong>: lessons from evidence and experience. Report of the 2008 Sir Roger Bannister<br />

Annual Health Seminar by R Rosen, Nuffield Trust , C Ham, University of Birmingham<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 39


Similarly Glendenning 12 observes that integration is more likely when the following are present:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

joint goals<br />

tight knit highly connected professional networks<br />

high degree of mutual trust<br />

joint arrangements which are part of „core business‟ rather than marginal integration at<br />

the edges<br />

joint arrangements covering operational and strategic issues and shared or single<br />

management arrangements.<br />

Degeling and Erskine 13 describe the importance of changing governance arrangements if true<br />

integration of services is to occur:<br />

“Efforts to establish and maintain networks [voluntary connections across<br />

organisational boundaries] are often purely rhetorical. …all too often tangible<br />

achievements on the ground are minimal …” (pg 35) … “Despite their membership in a<br />

network, for most network partners their employing organisation remains their primary<br />

affiliation.” (pg 36)<br />

“Put simply, effective joined-up “local-to-local” collaboration requires equivalent joinedup<br />

governance at the centre …” (pg 36)<br />

“… there is evidence showing how trust and network stability depend on the extent to<br />

which network partners (by way of contracts) have formalized what they can expect of<br />

each other and have established robust governance arrangements through which<br />

partners can be held to account. … These findings suggest that a network‟s<br />

effectiveness depends to a large extent on the degree to which its membership has<br />

been able to institutionalize both its internal operations and its independent existence<br />

from its sponsoring organisations.” (pg 37)<br />

“… the more that service settings (as between primary, acute, community and social<br />

services) are constituted as separate and distinct organisations, the more beliefs will<br />

differ about what should be done and who is best placed and equipped to do it. The<br />

“service gaps” than then result are unlikely to be resolved by, for example, “better<br />

networking”. Because the new service models for long-term conditions of necessity<br />

challenge the biases of existing approaches to service delivery in acute, community and<br />

social care settings, mere administrative solutions (such as the establishment of a<br />

network) are rarely able to produce what is required. Rather policy and funding<br />

authorities are likely to find that success will depend on the extent to which they have<br />

set in place new institutional arrangements and patterns of resource allocation … that<br />

will support the required forms of service integration between different service<br />

settings.” (pg 41)<br />

12 Glendenning, C (2002) „Breaking down barriers: integrating health and care services for older people in England‟,<br />

Health Policy 65: 139–151.<br />

13 Degeling P, Erskine J. Chapter 2. <strong>New</strong> models of long-term care and implications for service redesign. In Rechel B,<br />

Wright S, Edwards N, Dowdeswell B, McKee M. Investing in hospitals of the future. World Health Organisation, on<br />

behalf of the European Observatory on Health Systems and Policies Investing in hospitals of the future. 2009<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 40


Nick Goodwin, Kings Fund 14 , in his recent presentation to the Ministry of Health concluded from<br />

the international literature that:<br />

“There is a lack of rigorous evaluations of polyclinics in other countries. Contextual<br />

differences are important.<br />

Co-location of professionals is not sufficient to guarantee integrated care - in the<br />

same polyclinic, and between polyclinics and hospitals.<br />

Risks to professional development and motivation.<br />

Issues of patient choice and continuity of care, and how these are to be<br />

safeguarded within a polyclinic-based system<br />

Caution needs to be exercised in basing policy on international experience. “<br />

His advice for successful integration was:<br />

“Strong clinical leadership – quality focus<br />

Team working<br />

Cluster services & diagnostics around patient needs<br />

Investment in change management & process redesign<br />

Maximise benefit of new technologies and IT”<br />

The writings of these people have guided the development of the models of integrated care in<br />

this business case.<br />

In addition a large number of other reports and journal articles are referred to in the Evidence<br />

section of each of the work plans in the appendices.<br />

5.9 Quality, safety and evaluation<br />

Quality philosophy<br />

The integrated family health system will take a quality improvement and systems<br />

approach to all activities.<br />

Quality improvement will be an integral part of the annual business plan, for each IFHC<br />

and the overall organisation.<br />

The focus will be on activities that relate directly to improved health outcomes and<br />

reducing inequalities.<br />

Quality framework<br />

The framework used to categorize quality improvement activities is as follows 15 :<br />

14 Nick Goodwin. Powerpoint presentation to Ministry of Health, Wellington. 15 March 2010<br />

15 Adapted from the Voyage 2 Quality in primary care framework being developed by the Wellington School of Medicine<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 41


Structure Process Outcomes<br />

Facility environment Clinical care<br />

Health status<br />

Facility systems<br />

Relationships<br />

Equity<br />

Patient experience<br />

Cost<br />

The following table demonstrates expands on this by identifying which aspects of the quality<br />

framework are addressed by the various work plans:<br />

Domain Quality activity Work plan<br />

Structure – facility environment Cornerstone accreditation of each IFHC Workforce<br />

Structure – facility systems QI teams and clinical governance systems<br />

in each IFHC<br />

<strong>Better</strong> after hours arrangements<br />

Process - clinical care HealthPathways care guidelines<br />

Electronic decision support for LTCs<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

MDT Professional development activities<br />

Active feedback loops<br />

Patient pathways<br />

Process - relationships Core general practice teams<br />

Facilitated planning sessions<br />

MDT teams<br />

<br />

<br />

Shared mental health assessments<br />

Integrated health promotion activities<br />

Outcomes- health status PHO Performance Programme indicators<br />

Long term condition programme<br />

indicators<br />

Public health indicators<br />

Outcomes - equity All access and clinical indicators reported<br />

for Māori and rest of population<br />

Outcomes – patient experience Measure access delays<br />

Develop a community satisfaction<br />

questionnaire<br />

Outcomes - cost Align clinical and financial incentives<br />

Monitor effects of changes to model of<br />

care on finances<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Workforce<br />

Acute care<br />

HealthPathways<br />

Long Term<br />

Conditions<br />

Workforce<br />

Workforce<br />

Integration:<br />

community based<br />

services<br />

Mental Health<br />

Frail elderly<br />

Direct access to<br />

diagnostics<br />

Core general<br />

practice care<br />

Integration:<br />

community based<br />

services<br />

Mental health<br />

Frail elderly<br />

Mental Health<br />

Keeping People<br />

Healthy<br />

Workforce<br />

Long Term<br />

Conditions<br />

Keeping People<br />

Healthy<br />

Core general<br />

practice care<br />

Long Term<br />

Conditions<br />

Core general<br />

practice care<br />

Referred services<br />

Business plan<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 42


Quality domains<br />

Each new initiative will be assessed to ensure that the following domains of quality have been<br />

addressed 16 :<br />

evidence based<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

patient centered<br />

organisational and staff competency and capacity<br />

outcomes and Continuous Quality Improvement approach<br />

financial viability.<br />

Safety<br />

The following safety initiatives are part of this plan:<br />

Significant event auditing (a required aspect of Cornerstone Accreditation).<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Safe clinical care: all primary and community providers caring for the same patients use<br />

the same electronic clinical notes.<br />

Safe prescribing: hospital discharge medications copied to pharmacies and adopting<br />

electronic prescribing when available.<br />

Safe feedback: The development of active feedback loops so that any concerns about<br />

the quality of patient care will be fed back to the health providers concerned in a<br />

constructive, educational environment.<br />

Monitoring and evaluation<br />

The PHO has a strong track record in evaluating programmes regularly (either internally or<br />

externally) particularly any new or resource intensive initiative.<br />

The work plans in the appendices all have associated output and outcome measures (with<br />

baselines and targets) that can be used for both quality improvement and evaluation purposes.<br />

Regular monitoring and reporting against these measures will become part of the regular PHO<br />

quarterly report.<br />

In addition every six months a half day 'review of progress' workshop will identify any early<br />

risks to the successful implementation of the plan, and address any issues that have arisen.<br />

We have supported the application to the Health Research Council by Dr Jeff Foote and<br />

colleagues at the Institute of Environmental Science and Research (ESR) Ltd to carry out a<br />

systems analysis on the effectiveness of this business case.<br />

16 Adapted from the RACGP Quality framework http://www.racgp.org.au/qualityframework<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 43


6 Business model<br />

6.1 Business concept<br />

The business concept involves the development of Integrated Family Health Centres (IFHCs)<br />

based at Westport, Greymouth and Hokitika, with satellite clinics at the surrounding rural<br />

centres. The IFHCs would be run by the West Coast Integrated Family Health Service (IFHS).<br />

The preferred options for the future organisational structure of the IFHS involve a not-forprofit,<br />

non-government organisation, which may or may not be the PHO in a modified form, or a<br />

new entity jointly owned by the existing PHO and DHB. For the sake of brevity, these various<br />

options are shortened to "the IFHS" in this document, and that phrase should be read as<br />

"whatever form of NGO/Trust takes on the provision of community/primary services in the<br />

future". The IFHS would employ many staff and contract with others. The IFHS would also<br />

provide district wide community services that are not based at a particular IFHC. Over time<br />

more services would be devolved to the IFHS, as it builds experience and improves<br />

performance.<br />

The range of services to be provided in and through IFHCs comprises:<br />

the services historically provided by general practices - management of acute and<br />

chronic primary presentations by enrolled patients<br />

the services historically provided by the non-hospital/community based subset of the<br />

DHB provider arm - district/community nursing and allied management of complex<br />

patients, including post discharge.<br />

The building of new facilities is likely to be required in Greymouth and Westport, while<br />

renovations will be required in Reefton. Facilities changes in Hokitika and South Westland are<br />

not planned at this stage.<br />

Services will continue to be delivered in each of the three Territorial Local Authority districts:<br />

Buller (Westport), Grey (Greymouth) and Westland (Hokitika). Current smaller/outlying clinic<br />

locations include:<br />

Karamea<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Ngakawau<br />

Reefton<br />

Moana<br />

Whataroa, Hari Hari, Franz Josef, Fox Glacier and Haast.<br />

The approach is described in broad terms in the schematic over page and then reviewed in more<br />

detail below.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 44


Preventative<br />

Acute<br />

LTC management<br />

Restorative<br />

West Coast Integrated Family Health Network<br />

West Coast DHB services: Grey Rural Hospital Centre of Excellence, Mental Health, ATR, other secondary services<br />

West Coast PHO District wide community health services: clinical nurse specialists, some allied health,<br />

Buller IFHC<br />

Greymouth IFHC Westland IFHC<br />

Centred on Westport, outreach to Karamea, Ngakawau, Reefton. Pop 10,000, budget $$$$$ Nominal<br />

budget holding for referred services pharms, labs…<br />

Infrastructure: Integrated reception, common scheduling, 1 pt record, 1 manager, 1 nurse leader, 1 GP<br />

leader, integrated policies & processes, common catchment.<br />

Core <strong>Primary</strong> & community team<br />

Staffing<br />

Programs<br />

Medical staff: GPs/rural hospital medicine specialists and nurse practitioners<br />

Nursing staff: practice nurses, rural nurses, district nurses, well child/school<br />

nursing, , enrolled nurse/aids,<br />

Allied health: physiotherapists, midwives, pharmacist, mental health therapist,<br />

MRTs,<br />

Support: community health worker/navigator / kaiawhina roles<br />

Administration: reception, office manager<br />

Service co-ordination: NASC, discharge planning, LTC care management, Immunisation outreach,<br />

MH assessment and co-ordination<br />

Home based care: personal Inpatient beds Pharmacy dispensing services, medication<br />

care, MOW<br />

reviews<br />

Mental health services: local CMHT, link to primary MH, visiting MH specialist teams<br />

Visiting specialist clinics (medical, nursing, allied health).<br />

Visiting Age care AT&R<br />

Centred on Greymouth,<br />

outreach to…, pop 13,500,<br />

budget $$$$$$<br />

As for Buller – services<br />

customised in size & range<br />

to fit local population<br />

needs<br />

Centred on Hokitika with<br />

outreach to …., pop<br />

8,500, budget $$$$$<br />

As for Buller – services<br />

customised in size &<br />

range to fit local<br />

population needs<br />

Shared District Wide Support Services<br />

Clinical leadership: nursing, medical & allied health professional development, clinical governance, supervision, performance review, education, standing orders, etc<br />

Service commissioning: needs assessment, programme development and implementation across localities for LTCs, acute/after hours, mental health, etc,<br />

Corporate services: Finance, IS, HR, property, supply chain management.<br />

= provided by DHB = provided by IFHS<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 45


Preventative<br />

Acute<br />

LTC management<br />

Restorative<br />

West Coast Integrated Family Health Network<br />

West Coast DHB services: Grey Rural Hospital Centre of Excellence, Mental Health, ATR, other secondary services<br />

West Coast PHO District wide community health services: clinical nurse specialists, some allied health,<br />

Greymouth IFHC<br />

Buller Westland<br />

Centred on Greymouth, some outreach to Reefton?. Pop 14,000, budget $$$$$ Nominal budget holding for referred services pharms, labs…<br />

Infrastructure: Integrated reception, common scheduling, 1 patientt record, 1 manager, , 1 nurse leader, 1 GP leader, integrated policies &<br />

processes, (common catchment); charter committing multiple tenants in facility to collaborate on model of care<br />

Core <strong>Primary</strong> & community team<br />

Staffing - 3 separate medical centres initially, divided into teams of 5-7 (i.e., with 2-3,000 patients per team)<br />

Programs<br />

Greymouth Family Health<br />

2,000 patients; 1 team<br />

Medical staff: 1 GP<br />

Nursing staff: 2 practice nurses<br />

Greymouth Medical Centre<br />

6,000 patients; 2-3 teams<br />

Medical staff: 3 GPs<br />

Nursing staff: 6 practice nurses<br />

High St Medical Centre<br />

6,000 patients; 2-3 teams<br />

Medical staff: 3 GPs<br />

Nursing staff: 6 practice nurses<br />

Nurse practitioners<br />

Nursing staff across the 3 practices: district nurses, well child/school nursing, enrolled nurse/aids,<br />

Allied health (public & private) across 3 practices: physiotherapists, midwives, pharmacist, MH therapist, MRTs<br />

Support across the 3 practices: community health worker/navigator/ kaiawhina roles<br />

Administration across the 3 practices: reception, office manager<br />

Service co-ordination: NASC, discharge planning, LTC care management, Immunisation outreach, MH assessment and co-ordination<br />

Home based care: personal care, meals on<br />

Pharmacy services, medication reviews<br />

wheels<br />

Mental health services: local CMHT, link to primary MH, visiting MH specialist teams<br />

Visiting specialist clinics (medical, nursing, allied health).<br />

Visiting Age care AT&R<br />

Shared District Wide Support Services<br />

Clinical leadership: nursing, medical & allied health professional development, clinical governance, supervision, performance review, education, standing orders, etc<br />

Service commissioning: needs assessment, programme development and implementation across localities for LTCs, acute/after hours, mental health, etc,<br />

Corporate services: Finance, IS, HR, property, supply chain management.<br />

= provided by DHB = provided by IFHS<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 46


Preventative<br />

Acute<br />

LTC management<br />

Restorative<br />

West Coast Integrated Family Health Network<br />

West Coast DHB services: Grey Rural Hospital Centre of Excellence, Mental Health, ATR, other secondary services<br />

West Coast PHO District wide community health services: clinical nurse specialists, some allied health,<br />

Westland Virtual IFHC<br />

Buller Grey<br />

Covering both Hokitika and South Westland. Pop 8,500, budget $$$$$ Nominal budget holding for referred services pharms, labs…<br />

Infrastructure:, common scheduling?, 1 pt record, co-ordinated management & clinical leadership (details to be determined), integrated policies &<br />

processes, common catchment; current separate facilities remain (very different geography, and existing modern buildings, make a physical IFHC<br />

unlikely; there's also already a high degree of integration of the nursing workforce in South Westland already)<br />

Core <strong>Primary</strong> & community team<br />

Staffing - 2 separate medical centres – with the Hub and integrated community services at Hokitika<br />

Programs<br />

Westland Medical<br />

5,500 patients; 1-2 team<br />

Medical staff: 2 GPs<br />

Nursing staff: 4.5 practice nurses<br />

South Westland<br />

1,700 patients; 1 team<br />

Medical staff: 1 GP<br />

Nursing staff: 5 practice/rural/(district) nurses<br />

Nurse practitioners<br />

Nursing staff across the 2 practices: district nurses?, well child/school nursing, enrolled nurse/aids,<br />

Allied health (public & private) across 2 practices: physiotherapists, midwives, pharmacist, MH therapist, MRTs<br />

Support across the 2 practices: community health worker/navigator/ kaiawhina roles<br />

Service co-ordination: NASC, discharge planning, LTC care management, Immunisation outreach, MH assessment and co-ordination<br />

Home based care: personal care, meals on<br />

Pharmacy services, medication reviews<br />

wheels<br />

Mental health services: local CMHT, link to primary MH, visiting MH specialist teams<br />

Visiting specialist clinics (medical, nursing, allied health).<br />

Visiting Age care AT&R<br />

Shared District Wide Support Services<br />

Clinical leadership: nursing, medical & allied health professional development, clinical governance, supervision, performance review, education, standing orders, etc<br />

Service commissioning: needs assessment, programme development and implementation across localities for LTCs, acute/after hours, mental health, etc,<br />

Corporate services: Finance, IS, HR, property, supply chain management.<br />

= provided by DHB = provided by IFHS<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 47


6.2 Locality Integrated Family Health Centres<br />

Each locality IFHC would operate a comprehensive set of locality Multi Disciplinary Team<br />

services under a unified management structure. In the first phase the likely components are:<br />

primary care services<br />

rural A&E services<br />

rural inpatient medical services (other than Grey)<br />

rural nursing services<br />

clinical nurse specialists (incl. diabetes and respiratory education and management)<br />

community / district / whanau / public health nursing services<br />

immunisation services (inc HPV & outreach)<br />

well child services (inc B4 school & VHT)<br />

<strong>Care</strong>link/service co-ordination services<br />

home based care services<br />

community allied health services<br />

mental health brief intervention and co-ordination services<br />

sexual health services.<br />

In those districts where services are co-located, they are also integrated in the following<br />

ways 17 :<br />

single reception for all services<br />

common scheduling, allowing staff to book patient appointments with each team<br />

member, rather than „referring‟<br />

1 patient management system and 1 (electronic) clinical record (using MedTech in the<br />

absence of any other system)<br />

1 operational IFHC manager (no separate „practice manager‟), supported by 1 nursing<br />

leader, 1 GP leader, and team leaders for specific services (eg. mental health), also<br />

supported by an office manager to cover admin requirements<br />

shared clinical and management decision making<br />

integrated policies & processes<br />

shared continuous quality improvement and professional development systems<br />

common catchment population/ boundaries<br />

a single combined services budget, includes nominal budget holding for pharms and labs.<br />

The locus of care is primary and community services, with access to other services (including<br />

hospital services) co-ordinated through these teams. The locality manger is accountable for<br />

financial and clinical outcomes hence all others are either subcontractors or employees of the<br />

IFHC locality manager.<br />

17 In the virtual Westland IFHC some of these integration activities will still be realised<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 48


The core services are provided or purchased by the PHO. Some visiting specialists services are<br />

provided by the DHB.<br />

A number of other services could potentially be part of the IFHC. It is proposed that while<br />

these may not be included in phase one, initiatives to promote integration and shared decision<br />

making should commence in year one, on the understanding that a number of these might be<br />

devolved to the IFHC in year three. Detailed planning around these will commence in year two.<br />

Service<br />

AT&R services<br />

Maternity<br />

Mental health<br />

services<br />

Outpatient services<br />

NGO services<br />

Aged residential<br />

care<br />

Transport services<br />

Pharms, labs,<br />

radiology<br />

Development<br />

Close working relationships in IFHC, possible future devolution<br />

Close working relationships in IFHC, possible future devolution<br />

Close working relationships in IFHC, future devolution subject to<br />

achieving progress milestones<br />

Input to service planning and development, possible devolution of some<br />

first, follow ups and minor procedures<br />

Close working relationships in IFHC, possible future devolution<br />

Move to partial budget holding in NASC<br />

Interface<br />

Nominal budget holding with gain/loss sharing<br />

6.3 Service outputs and outcomes<br />

We have developed a population based activity model to derive the expected number of visits,<br />

and service provision response for the major service categories given the population of each of<br />

the TLAs, and the proposed model of care. This model requires further validating but provides<br />

an indication of the FTEs required in each IFHC. Note that the model has not yet been<br />

adjusted to reflect different rurality / travel times issues. Expected volumes of services are<br />

shown in the table below:<br />

Summary<br />

Visits /year<br />

Service visits /yr Buller Grey Westland Total<br />

ACC 0.5 4,615 6,415 4,078 15,108<br />

Immunisation 0.3 3,065 4,215 2,612 9,892<br />

Scripts 0.5 5,000 6,900 4,415 16,315<br />

General 3.7 37,900 51,000 31,930 120,830<br />

Diabetes 0.1 668 845 559 2,072<br />

CVD 0.1 760 930 597 2,286<br />

COPD 0.0 328 397 257 982<br />

B4 school chks 0.0 132 204 114 450<br />

Sexual health 0.1 1,300 2,050 1,320 4,670<br />

Pharms reviews 0.1 725 885 581 2,191<br />

cvd risk asst 0.0 393 488 331 1,212<br />

District nursing 0.7 7,080 8,730 5,600 21,410<br />

<strong>Primary</strong> MH 0.1 1,058 1,436 954 3,447<br />

Physio 0.3 2,830 3,770 2,506 9,106<br />

Other - - - - -<br />

Total 6.4 65,854 88,265 55,852 209,972<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 49


The table shows that general, undifferentiated primary care consults are the biggest single<br />

component of service in the IFHCs.<br />

Based on the model of care described earlier in this paper, estimates of average required<br />

minutes per visit, and the % of visits requiring intervention by the various types of health<br />

professional have been developed for each service line (adjusted for age). This then generates<br />

FTE requirements in total and for each IFHC, based on the district population.<br />

Total required FTEs for the West Coast region are shown below<br />

Summary<br />

DHB total FTEs<br />

Service Admin DN / CN PN GP (brief) GP (full) PharmacistPMH therapist Physio<br />

ACC 1.4 - 3.6 0.5 0.8 - - 0.3<br />

Immunisation 0.9 - 2.8 - - - - -<br />

Scripts 1.5 - 0.4 0.5 - 0.7 - -<br />

General 11.2 - 26.1 3.7 8.7 0.0 - 1.4<br />

Diabetes 0.2 - 0.8 0.1 0.2 0.0 - -<br />

CVD 0.2 - 0.9 0.1 0.2 0.0 - -<br />

COPD 0.1 - 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.0 - -<br />

B4 school chks 0.0 0.3 - - - - - -<br />

Sexual health 0.4 - 1.0 0.1 0.3 - - 0.1<br />

Pharms reviews 0.2 - - 0.2 - 0.7 - -<br />

cvd risk asst 0.1 - 0.5 0.0 - - - -<br />

District nursing 2.0 17.6 - - - - - -<br />

<strong>Primary</strong> MH 0.3 - - - - - 2.3 -<br />

Physio 0.8 - - - - - - 3.1<br />

Other - - - - - - - -<br />

Total 19.4 17.9 36.4 5.3 10.3 1.5 2.3 4.9<br />

GP total 15.6<br />

Total required FTEs for the Buller IFHC are shown below<br />

Summary<br />

Buller FTEs<br />

Service Admin DN / CN PN GP (brief) GP (full) PharmacistPMH therapist PHYsio<br />

ACC 0.4 - 1.1 0.2 0.2 - - 0.1<br />

Immunisation 0.3 - 0.9 - - - - -<br />

Scripts 0.5 - 0.1 0.2 - 0.2 - -<br />

General 3.5 - 8.1 1.2 2.8 0.0 - 0.4<br />

Diabetes 0.1 - 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 - -<br />

CVD 0.1 - 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 - -<br />

COPD 0.0 - 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -<br />

B4 school chks 0.0 0.1 - - - - - -<br />

Sexual health 0.1 - 0.3 0.0 0.1 - - 0.0<br />

Pharms reviews 0.1 - - 0.1 - 0.2 - -<br />

cvd risk asst 0.0 - 0.2 0.0 - - - -<br />

District nursing 0.7 5.8 - - - - - -<br />

<strong>Primary</strong> MH 0.1 - - - - - 0.7 -<br />

Physio 0.3 - - - - - - 1.0<br />

Other - - - - - - - -<br />

Total 6.1 5.9 11.3 1.7 3.2 0.5 0.7 1.5<br />

GP total 4.9<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 50


Total required FTEs for the Grey IFHC are shown below<br />

Summary<br />

Grey FTEs<br />

Service Admin DN / CN PN GP (brief) GP (full) PharmacistPMH therapist PHYsio<br />

ACC 0.6 - 1.5 0.2 0.3 - - 0.1<br />

Immunisation 0.4 - 1.2 - - - - -<br />

Scripts 0.6 - 0.2 0.2 - 0.3 - -<br />

General 4.7 - 11.0 1.6 3.7 0.0 - 0.6<br />

Diabetes 0.1 - 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 - -<br />

CVD 0.1 - 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.0 - -<br />

COPD 0.0 - 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -<br />

B4 school chks 0.0 0.1 - - - - - -<br />

Sexual health 0.2 - 0.4 0.0 0.1 - - 0.0<br />

Pharms reviews 0.1 - - 0.1 - 0.3 - -<br />

cvd risk asst 0.0 - 0.2 0.0 - - - -<br />

District nursing 0.8 7.2 - - - - - -<br />

<strong>Primary</strong> MH 0.1 - - - - - 1.0 -<br />

Physio 0.3 - - - - - - 1.3<br />

Other - - - - - - - -<br />

Total 8.2 7.3 15.4 2.2 4.3 0.6 1.0 2.0<br />

GP total 6.6<br />

Total required FTEs for the Westland IFHC are shown below<br />

Summary<br />

Westland FTEs<br />

Service Admin DN / CN PN GP (brief) GP (full) PharmacistPMH therapist PHYsio<br />

ACC 0.4 - 1.0 0.1 0.2 - - 0.1<br />

Immunisation 0.2 - 0.8 - - - - -<br />

Scripts 0.4 - 0.1 0.1 - 0.2 - -<br />

General 3.0 - 6.9 1.0 2.3 0.0 - 0.4<br />

Diabetes 0.1 - 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -<br />

CVD 0.1 - 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.0 - -<br />

COPD 0.0 - 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -<br />

B4 school chks 0.0 0.1 - - - - - -<br />

Sexual health 0.1 - 0.3 0.0 0.1 - - 0.0<br />

Pharms reviews 0.1 - - 0.0 - 0.2 - -<br />

cvd risk asst 0.0 - 0.1 0.0 - - - -<br />

District nursing 0.5 4.6 - - - - - -<br />

<strong>Primary</strong> MH 0.1 - - - - - 0.6 -<br />

Physio 0.2 - - - - - - 0.8<br />

Other - - - - - - - -<br />

Total 5.2 4.7 9.7 1.4 2.7 0.4 0.6 1.3<br />

GP total 4.1<br />

The table below shows modeled versus current FTEs for the whole region.<br />

Total DHB<br />

Actual Budgeted Modelled c.f budget c. f. actual<br />

GPs 16.4 24.3 15.6 -8.7 -0.7<br />

Practice/rural nurses 26.3 33.0 36.4 3.4 10.1<br />

reception /admin 22.0 22.0 19.4 -2.5 -2.5<br />

District nurses 18.9 19.3 17.9 -1.4 -1.0<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 51


Generally the modeled FTEs, although they are a reduction on budgeted GP numbers, reflect<br />

current actual FTEs overall. However, some practices are well under the required GP numbers,<br />

and some are over. This will take some time to work through.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 52


7 Governance, Ownership & Management<br />

This business case assumes that a West Coast based entity, (probably not-for-profit,<br />

non-government, e.g., a community trust) assumes responsibility for the operation of the<br />

community based, non hospital services, currently operated by the DHB, including primary care<br />

services. Such an Integrated Family Health Services (IFHS) entity will be able to implement<br />

the degree of integration required to achieve the proposed model of care and realise the<br />

required financial savings.<br />

7.1 Options<br />

Four governance, ownership and management options have been considered:<br />

Option A – status quo<br />

Option B - DHB cancels PHO contract, and absorbs PHO role into its own structures.<br />

Option C - PHO assumes responsibility for current DHB primary and community services<br />

and runs IFHCs and (former) DHB wide community services; PHO trust deed<br />

and the make-up of its governance board changes to reflect its different role;<br />

DHB retains planning & funding, and secondary (hospital) services delivery<br />

roles.<br />

Option D - DHB/PHO „joint venture‟ or (in the interim) alliance contract for delivery of<br />

primary & community services; DHB retains planning & funding, and secondary<br />

(hospital) services delivery roles.<br />

The status quo option is not further described, as the prima facie case is that two entities<br />

running parallel structures is not cost effective.<br />

These options B, C and D are depicted in schematics below.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 53


Option B: DHB takes over current PHO functions<br />

DHB Board & CEO<br />

DHB<br />

funder<br />

DHB<br />

secondary<br />

services<br />

Shared<br />

corporate<br />

services<br />

GM primary &<br />

community<br />

Region-wide services<br />

IFHCs<br />

Under this option the DHB cancels the PHO contract and takes full responsibility for delivery<br />

of integrated primary and community services.<br />

Option C - PHO assumes responsibility for current DHB <strong>Primary</strong> & Community services<br />

DHB Board & CEO<br />

PHO Board<br />

DHB<br />

funder<br />

DHB<br />

secondary<br />

services<br />

Shared<br />

corporate<br />

services<br />

GM primary &<br />

community<br />

Region-wide services<br />

IFHCs<br />

Under this option the DHB devolves to the PHO responsibility for delivery of integrated<br />

primary and community services. The makeup of the PHO board, and its associated trust deed,<br />

would need to adapt to this expanded role.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 54


Option D: PHO/DHB jointly owned <strong>Primary</strong> & Community services entity<br />

DHB Board / CEO<br />

PHO Board<br />

DHB<br />

funder<br />

P & C Trust or<br />

alliance contract<br />

DHB<br />

secondary<br />

services<br />

Shared<br />

corporate<br />

services<br />

GM primary &<br />

community<br />

Region-wide services<br />

IFHCs<br />

Under this option the DHB and PHO Boards form an alliance either using contractual<br />

arrangements or a joint venture entity, to achieve integrated management of primary and<br />

community services. Over time, the continued need for the parent bodies could be assessed.<br />

7.2 Assessing the options<br />

In any of options B, C and D, a West Coast based entity assumes responsibility for the operation<br />

of the community based, non hospital services, currently operated by the DHB, including primary<br />

care services, and the current functions of the PHO.<br />

The option of the PHO disappearing, and the DHB assuming responsibility for the entirety of<br />

primary and community services (Option B) is not attractive to either the existing PHO or to<br />

private providers. This option is also unlikely to assist the sector in managing within available<br />

funding. It could also lead to less local influence and orientation, should the West Coast DHB's<br />

understandable moves to work more closely with Canterbury DHB, lead eventually to its own<br />

disappearance as an independent entity.<br />

Therefore, most thinking has been focused on developing Options C and D. Both of these come<br />

with some possibilities for interim steps and a staged approach. For example, it may be that the<br />

DHB might continue to employ and remunerate staff, and the focus of effort in the first year<br />

be on integrating actual service delivery (rather than on changing organisational structures).<br />

The PHO and DHB boards have established a joint management and clinical working party to<br />

consider the costs and benefits of the organisational options and to come up with firm<br />

recommendations to their respective boards by 30 April 2010.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 55


8 Contracting arrangements<br />

8.1 Role of the IFHS<br />

The Integrated Family Health Service (IFHS) would lead the development of community and<br />

primary care services, and would be accountable to the DHB for the financial and clinical<br />

outcomes of the delegated services. It would work closely with the DHB to achieve a smooth<br />

interface with secondary services, including the development of integrated care pathways<br />

between primary and secondary services (building off the Canterbury DHB pathways). The two<br />

would also share corporate support services in the interim.<br />

The IFHS will both employ staff directly, and will contract with individual providers to achieve<br />

the outcomes. It will establish district development and support services (in many cases jointly<br />

with the DHB) to ensure professional development and support for specific workforce groups<br />

(eg. allied health staff) and will put in place overall policies an processes (eg. use of HML to<br />

triage all after hours calls, use of common standing orders policies). The IFHS will be in a good<br />

position to compare performance between the three IFHCs and address issues at an early stage.<br />

The IFHS also has the role of prioritizing service provision – taking the tough decisions about<br />

what will not be provided so as to live within the available funding. An advantage of an NGO<br />

entity in this respect is its inability to run continuing deficits and to rely on the Government as<br />

a funder of last resort.<br />

8.2 Annual health service plan<br />

The proposal is that an annual health services plan be agreed between the DHB and IFHS,<br />

setting out:<br />

inputs<br />

outputs<br />

outcome targets<br />

reporting schedule<br />

information access arrangements<br />

facilities leases<br />

payments from and to the DHB<br />

services to be provided<br />

quality standards<br />

sharing of corporate costs.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 56


The IFHS will need the ability to balance gains and losses across service lines. Hence a flexible<br />

contract arrangement on a funding for outcomes basis is proposed. Specifically the provider will<br />

have the flexibility to use gains in one service area to offset losses in others.<br />

The DHB and IFHS provider will jointly review and reach agreement on major service delivery<br />

decision that will impact on each other, including a review of inpatient services at Buller.<br />

Provided satisfactory progress is being made, then mental health service responsibility will be<br />

contracted to the IFHS from the end of year three. This will allow other changes to be bedded<br />

in.<br />

8.3 Contracted providers within IFHCs.<br />

The proposed approach to engaging the workforce within the IFHCs has three major<br />

components:<br />

Existing private providers continue to operate as semi-autonomous businesses within<br />

<br />

<br />

IFHCs, but will enter into a collective agreement (possibly an alliance style contract)<br />

that involves shared corporate and facility based services, and collective vision, and<br />

alignment of clinical processes, policies and pathways.<br />

Other services within IFHCs will be provided by the IFHS.<br />

In addition, the PHO will play a role as a facilitator of integration within each IFHC.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 57


9 Financial sustainability<br />

9.1 Status quo financial situation<br />

As noted in section 1, the WCDHB is projecting a sizeable deficit. The table below shows the<br />

DHB and PHO forecast annual profit and loss for 2009/10 based on the six months actuals to<br />

December 2009, using the proposed new service groupings 18 .<br />

Overhead &<br />

Annual forecast Revenue Expenditure Profit / loss<br />

revenue<br />

allocation<br />

Profit / loss<br />

after Oheads<br />

Buller IFHC - 6,916,966 10,971,593 -4,054,627 311,079 -4,365,706<br />

Grey IFHC - 4,786,998 5,501,697 -714,698 - 377,934 -336,764<br />

Westland IFHC - 2,251,108 2,644,070 -392,962 125,677 -518,639<br />

IFHC distict wide - 2,623,900 2,957,122 -333,222 207,653 -540,875<br />

WCPHO - 5,186,089 4,666,855 519,234 - 519,234<br />

Total primary & community - 21,765,061 26,741,337 -4,976,276 266,474 -5,242,750<br />

Mental Health - 12,503,600 10,665,960 1,837,640 1,644,881 192,759<br />

DHB secondary - 36,143,984 43,823,541 -7,679,557 640,689 -8,320,246<br />

DHB corporate - 7,911,042 11,246,868 -3,335,826 - 3,335,826<br />

0<br />

DHB Funder - 51,726,777 46,304,029 5,422,748 783,782 4,638,966<br />

Total DHB services - 108,285,403 112,040,398 -3,754,995 - 266,474 -3,488,521<br />

Total West Coast - 130,050,464 138,781,735 -8,731,271 0 -8,731,271<br />

Based on status quo revenue and expenditure, each of the IFHCs, plus the district wide service<br />

would make a sizeable deficit. Overall, the estimated deficit for primary and community<br />

services is $5.25 million, approximately 20% of current revenue. The PHO is forecasting a<br />

surplus of around $0.5 million for the year, resulting from lower than anticipated uptake of<br />

some of the LTC and other fee for service programmes – hence the status quo DHB loss on<br />

these services is in the order of $5.75 million for 2009/10. At the same time, the DHB<br />

secondary care services core deficit is about $8 million, partially offset by a DHB funder<br />

surplus.<br />

The reader should note that this projection is based on a 6 month snapshot, updated to<br />

incorporate WCDHB finance team forecast as at end January 2010. Year end actuals for 2010<br />

may vary from those projected. This table also does not incorporate any adjustments for the<br />

expected DAP budget 2010/11 changes.<br />

Overheads and internal revenue have been allocated using the 08/09 national pricing project<br />

West Coast submission with minor adjustments.<br />

If the business case is approved, the DHB and PHO will undertake a more detailed allocation of<br />

direct and indirect revenue and expenditure to fully validate the new service groupings and<br />

refine the P&L forecast.<br />

18 Note that known duplicates in the DHB funder arm and PHO have been eliminated, but some may persist resulting in<br />

double counting of both revenue and expenditure – this does not affect the profit/loss calculation.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 58


Of note, a large proportion of the current loss in community and primary care services is driven<br />

from service provision in the Buller/Reefton Territorial Local Authority (TLA). This reflects<br />

losses at both the medical centres and from the provision of hospital and residential care<br />

services.<br />

9.2 Addressing affordability<br />

Clearly the projected losses are unsustainable. The DHB has indicated a target reduction in the<br />

deficit of 50% at the end of three years, and 100% within 5 years. We have adopted a target<br />

reduction of 65% of the primary/community deficit within 3 years, with full deficit eradication<br />

within 5 years.<br />

This will require tough decisions to be taken, and will inevitably involve reductions in services in<br />

some areas, as well as efficiency and effectiveness gains.<br />

The options for achieving these savings are still under discussion, and will be subject to<br />

consultation, but the table below outlines the size of the possible gains that can be made over<br />

three years based on a preliminary assessment.<br />

The financial sustainability initiatives include:<br />

$0.5m estimated to be able to be saved by reducing administration and management<br />

FTEs through primary and community co-location and service integration.<br />

$1.5m estimated to be able to be saved by service reconfigurations, relocations and<br />

reductions.<br />

$1.1m savings through adopting a team based model of general practice care and moving<br />

to a 1:2000 GP ratio, partly offset by costs of $0.6m associated with moving to a 1:900<br />

practice nurse ratio.<br />

$0.23m estimated to be saved through reduced use of secondary care follow ups.<br />

$0.1m from reductions in ASH admissions.<br />

$0.25m from referred services management initiatives.<br />

$0.5m gain to the community provider from a realistic price for rural inpatient bed<br />

services.<br />

Each of the possible initiatives has been scoped at a conceptual level, but will require further<br />

work and some will require consultation and clinical validation before they can be confirmed.<br />

Some savings could be made quite quickly, while others savings will not be realised until new<br />

facilities are in place.<br />

Transitional arrangements<br />

The intention is that the DHB will provide transitional funding on an abating basis to cover the<br />

deficit over the first five years of operation – at the end of which the operations will be<br />

breakeven or better. The transitional funding reduces from $4.6m in year 1 to $1.3m in year 3.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 59


In early years, the IFHS community provider is likely to continue to purchase some corporate<br />

services from the DHB, though it may need to assess the viability of doing so beyond the first<br />

year, in order to continue its momentum towards breakeven.<br />

The transitional funding, and resulting forecast revenue and expenditure are set out in the<br />

table below:<br />

Integrated primary & community revenue and expenditure forecast<br />

IFHC + DHB wide community Start point year 1 year 2 year 3<br />

Base revenue - 21,765,061 - 21,765,061 - 21,765,061 - 21,765,061<br />

Service changes - 547,500 - 690,000 - 690,000<br />

Transitional funding - 4,600,000 - 2,100,000 - 1,300,000<br />

Total revenue - 21,765,061 - 26,912,561 - 24,555,061 - 23,755,061<br />

Base expenditure 27,007,811 27,007,811 27,007,811 27,007,811<br />

service changes - 142,500 - 2,479,992 - 3,316,420<br />

Net expenditure 27,007,811 26,865,311 24,527,819 23,691,392<br />

Profit / loss -5,242,750 47,250 27,242 63,669<br />

9.3 Impact on the DHB<br />

The DHB provider arm is currently incurring a loss of some $5.75 million on its primary and<br />

community services. This loss would reduce to nil in year one as both the revenue and<br />

expenditure are transferred to the PHO.<br />

The DHB funder would incur new costs associated with paying the transitional funding amount<br />

(starting at $4.6 million in year 1 and abating to $1.3 million in year 3) and a proposed higher<br />

price for rural inpatient bed services to reflect the actual cost of provision.<br />

Overall, in year 1 there is a net financial gain to the DHB of $0.5 million (representing the PHO<br />

surplus contribution defraying current losses), while by year three the net fiscal gain for the<br />

DHB increases to $3.95 million (ie. the difference between the current loss of $5.75m and the<br />

forecast transitional funding of $1.3m plus about 0.5m in higher bed day prices). This equates<br />

to around a 68% improvement in the fiscal impact on the DHB bottom line for these services.<br />

Over the following two years the transitional funding amount would reduce to zero.<br />

Critical assumptions<br />

Important assumptions in this business case include:<br />

Transitional funding support is made available from the DHB on an abating basis over 5<br />

<br />

<br />

years.<br />

Funding flexibility – to allow savings in one area to offset losses in others.<br />

Savings on referred services and secondary care derived from changes to primary care<br />

are passed back to the PHO/community provider to offset losses.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 60


The DHB delegates decision making on the service change/reduction proposals to the<br />

PHO/community provider to expedite decision making (or takes financial responsibility<br />

for any delays in approval).<br />

The DHB will bear the cost of any redundancies of community based staff over the<br />

initial 3 year period. From that point, responsibility will shift to the PHO/community<br />

provider.<br />

The DHB will retain ownership of major capital items such as hospital facilities, and the<br />

PHO will pay for use of the same<br />

Current revenue and expenditure associated with the provision of the identified<br />

community service will transfer from the DHB to the PHO.<br />

Decisions will be taken by 31 July 2010 on those service changes/reductions that will<br />

require community/staff consultation before finalizing – so that changes can be<br />

implemented before the beginning of year two.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 61


•<br />

10 Implementation plan<br />

10.1 Project governance and management<br />

If either of Options C (devolution to PHO) or D (new joint entity) are chosen the two boards will<br />

establish a subcommittee led by the two chairs to oversee the change. The subcommittee will<br />

appoint an individual to take over the current PHO CEO and DHB community GM roles and will<br />

oversee the development and implementation of a change plan.<br />

The subcommittee will also establish a Project Office under the direction of the newly<br />

established combined PHO CEO/GM community role to ensure best practice project<br />

management of the intended changes, including:<br />

task sequencing and critical path development<br />

reporting<br />

communications planning<br />

financial monitoring<br />

HR and legal input.<br />

The advisory group that helped to create this business case will be maintained to advice on<br />

aspects of the change programme.<br />

The change programme will be governed using project alliancing principles, including:<br />

transparent information sharing<br />

shared risk/gain<br />

integrated operational management of the change<br />

alignment around a set of mutually agreed goals<br />

agreed decision making processes<br />

shared project values.<br />

These principles will be agreed in a heads of agreement or alliance contract between the PHO<br />

and the DHB.<br />

10.2 Change management<br />

The key drivers for change are:<br />

Clinical sustainability: the current model of care in most health centres requires GP<br />

numbers we have not been able to achieve consistently on the Coast for at least five<br />

years, and leads to long waiting times for appointments (often > three weeks) and lack of<br />

continuity and consistency of care.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 62


Limited integration of community services with primary care leading to lack of coordination<br />

and consistency of care and some duplication of services.<br />

Financial: primary care medical practices and community services owned by the DHB<br />

contribute significantly to the DHB overspend each financial year. Hospitals in Reefton<br />

and Buller together also contribute significantly to the DHB overspend each financial<br />

year.<br />

The barriers to change include:<br />

Some primary care providers are overworked and lack energy for change.<br />

GPs not having time to participate in planning workshops.<br />

Some health providers are comfortable working within the current model of care and do<br />

not see the need for change.<br />

There are concerns that changes in the current model of care may lead to a decrease in<br />

the quality of care.<br />

Some staff may be concerned about erosion of current terms and conditions of<br />

employment, and/or reduced support for professional development.<br />

Recruitment on the coast is difficult, whereas health professionals generally find it easy<br />

to get jobs elsewhere if they are not successful engaged in the new models of care.<br />

The key change management task is to communicate to the community and health providers the<br />

vision of Integrated Family Centres that provide better, quicker, more convenient health care.<br />

The Toolkit for Change produced by the primary health care strategy implementation work<br />

programme 19 , promotes the following steps when introducing change:<br />

“Building the case for change, establishing a sense of urgency and using emergent<br />

opportunities as a catalyst for change.<br />

Confirming the vision for the future desired state and achieving widespread ownership<br />

of the change / new vision.<br />

Early engagement with key stakeholders, particularly those likely to be opposed to<br />

change. It will be important to understand the perspectives of key stakeholders and<br />

reframe the message accordingly.<br />

Developing plans with short-term achievable objectives and also longer term objectives.<br />

The short term goals are a stepping stone to the larger vision and create momentum.<br />

Emphasising the win-win nature of the change, but also being transparent with regard to<br />

uncertainties.<br />

<br />

We note that the Toolkit for Change provides a very useful guide for change management in<br />

health, and that it will be used as a guide in implementing the change programme, particularly:<br />

Lewin‟s forcefield analysis, pg 17.<br />

Nilakant‟s change framework, pg 19.<br />

19 <strong>Primary</strong> health care strategy implementation work programme. Toolkit for Change. MoH, DHBNZ. April 2009<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 63


Kotter‟s change framework, pg 25.<br />

Dealing with the human aspects of change, pg 46.<br />

What‟s in it for me framework, pg 48.<br />

Change checklist, pg 49.<br />

Roadmap for transformational change, pg 52.<br />

10.3 Investing in change<br />

West Coast PHO has agreed to make $750,000 available from its conserved resources to<br />

facilitate change management associated with achieving the changes proposed. Further<br />

resources may be provided if required.<br />

Estimated change management costs are set out in the table below:<br />

2009/10 2010/11 2011/12 2012/13<br />

Project office 20,000 90,000 90,000<br />

HR/organisation redesign 20,000 30,000<br />

Facilitating new models of care 20,000 94,000 70,000 60,000<br />

Implementing service<br />

strategies (particularly<br />

workforce & improved access<br />

to diagnostics work streams)<br />

93,000 100,000 90,000<br />

Analysis of pharms and labs<br />

30,000<br />

spend & strategy development<br />

Information systems<br />

30,000 170,000<br />

development<br />

Other costs (legal, service<br />

40,000 50,000 50,000 0<br />

development, financial<br />

modeling)<br />

Total 130,000 557,000 310,000 150,000<br />

Total over three years $1,147,000<br />

The Ministry of Health is requested to provide funding of $130,000 in 2009/10, and $167,000<br />

in 2010/11 and $100,000 in 2011/12 to facilitate the next steps in the business case.<br />

No capital development costs are included in this business case as yet. Private capital options<br />

to fund facilities development are being explored in the first instance.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 64


10.4 Key milestones<br />

The table below shows the important milestones associated with the integration of primary and<br />

community services.<br />

Element Year 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

Integrating <strong>Primary</strong><br />

and community<br />

services<br />

Team based primary<br />

care<br />

Integrated management<br />

and delivery of primary and<br />

community services<br />

through a single<br />

management structure and<br />

IFHC teams<br />

Refinement of team based<br />

primary care at Buller –<br />

move to 1:2000 GP ratio<br />

and 1:900 practice nurse<br />

ratio<br />

Cross DHB standardisation<br />

of standing orders, use of<br />

HML triage and service<br />

pathways<br />

Affordability Implementation of year 1<br />

savings initiatives,<br />

transitional funding of<br />

$5.5m. Consultation on<br />

service relocations and<br />

reductions and decisions<br />

taken<br />

Facilities and colocation<br />

Information systems Move allied health and<br />

district nurses to<br />

MedTech.<br />

Allow access to primary<br />

and hospital records to all<br />

authorized DHB and PHO<br />

practitioners<br />

Implement privacy audit<br />

arrangements.<br />

Bedding in of new IFHC<br />

teams. Implement new<br />

policies and procedures<br />

across<br />

primary/community<br />

Introduction of team<br />

based care at Grey<br />

practices<br />

Implementation of year<br />

1 savings initiatives –<br />

transitional funding of<br />

$3.5m<br />

Co-location of services<br />

at Buller<br />

Full implementation of<br />

InteRai.<br />

Review possibilities for<br />

integrated health<br />

record in conjunction<br />

with Canterbury.<br />

Integration of mental<br />

health services with<br />

primary and community<br />

health services<br />

Refinement of team<br />

based care at Grey<br />

practices - move to<br />

1:2000 GP ratio and<br />

1:900 practice nurse<br />

ratio<br />

Implementation of year<br />

1 savings initiatives –<br />

transitional funding of<br />

$1.5m<br />

Co-location of services<br />

at Greymouth<br />

Pre- establishment milestones<br />

Prior to 30 June 2010, the following milestones will be achieved:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

agreement on organisation/governance option<br />

agreement on project charter/alliance contract<br />

agreement on final list of phase 1 services<br />

agreement on revenue and expenditure to be contracted to the PHO/community provider<br />

agreement on payment to DHB for corporate overheads/services<br />

agreement on transition funding and abatement regime<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 65


appointment of GM/PHO CEO to oversee the changes<br />

establishment of project office and commencement of detailed project planning<br />

agreement on year one Annual Health Services Plan (including funding, reporting, etc).<br />

10.5 Objectives, key activities and workplans<br />

The tables below map the objectives, key activities and associated workplans to each of the<br />

eight major goals for <strong>Better</strong> <strong>Sooner</strong> <strong>More</strong> <strong>Convenient</strong> health care in the West Coast. This<br />

provides an overall implementation roadmap for the interlinked series of projects.<br />

Goal 1. Partnership with the community<br />

Objectives Key activities Associated work plans<br />

Community focus on wellness<br />

and prevention<br />

<strong>More</strong> self care skills leading<br />

to decreased acute demand<br />

Information campaign about after<br />

hours arrangements<br />

Information campaign about how to<br />

access care at your general practice –<br />

role of nurses etc<br />

Collaborative approach to health<br />

promotion<br />

Focus on smokefree, immunisation and<br />

health living<br />

<strong>More</strong> health promotion in the<br />

workplace<br />

Health promoters based in IFHCs<br />

Enhanced screening programmes<br />

Community education about self care<br />

for common conditions<br />

Access to web based information<br />

Coaching for frequent flyers<br />

Self management support for those<br />

with long term conditions<br />

Core general practice<br />

redesign<br />

Acute <strong>Care</strong><br />

Keeping people healthy<br />

Mental health<br />

Long term conditions<br />

Core general practice<br />

redesign<br />

Keeping people healthy<br />

Long term conditions<br />

Mental health<br />

Frail older people<br />

Goal 2 <strong>Sooner</strong> for patients: improving access to primary care<br />

Objectives Key activities Associated projects<br />

<strong>More</strong> flexible appointment<br />

systems in general practices<br />

Expanded nurse roles<br />

Facilitated workshops with practices<br />

to develop more flexible appointment<br />

systems eg. triage of appointments,<br />

phone appointments, email<br />

appointments, varying appointment<br />

length, extended hours clinics<br />

Nurse triage<br />

Nurses as first contact<br />

Implementation of standing orders<br />

Core general practice<br />

redesign<br />

Core general practice<br />

redesign<br />

Acute care<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 66


Expanded pharmacy roles<br />

Improving access for Māori<br />

Improved after hours care<br />

Nurse LTC clinics<br />

After hours care<br />

Development of team based<br />

partnership model of care<br />

Treatment of minor ailments<br />

Medication utilisation reviews<br />

Pharmacy facilitation<br />

Māori nurse roles<br />

Kaiawhina support<br />

Lay navigators<br />

HML Triage<br />

Shared nurse and GP rosters<br />

ED sends Triage 5 to GP<br />

Work more closely with St John<br />

Long term conditions<br />

Workforce<br />

Core general practice<br />

redesign<br />

Long term conditions<br />

Workforce<br />

Referred services<br />

Core general practice<br />

redesign<br />

Long term conditions<br />

Workforce<br />

Acute care<br />

Goal 3. <strong>Better</strong> for patients: improving continuity of primary care<br />

Objectives Key activities Associated projects<br />

Patient usually sees same<br />

nurse and GP<br />

Facilitated workshops with practices<br />

to develop systems to enhance<br />

continuity<br />

Core general practice<br />

redesign<br />

Increase number of<br />

permanent GPs on the Coast<br />

and decrease number of short<br />

term locums<br />

Increase retention of staff<br />

Coast wide system for recruiting GPs<br />

and locums for all practices<br />

Rural academic training centre<br />

Support programmes for staff and<br />

families of health providers<br />

Workforce<br />

Workforce<br />

Goal 4. <strong>Better</strong>: Improving consistency of care<br />

Objectives Key activities Associated projects<br />

GPs and nurses support each<br />

other to provide consistent<br />

care<br />

Provide consistent care for<br />

those with LTCs<br />

<strong>Care</strong> provided is consistent<br />

across primary and secondary<br />

care<br />

Processes established in each<br />

practice for dedicated time to<br />

discuss care of individual patients<br />

Expansion of LTC programme<br />

Canterbury Health pathways adapted<br />

for local situation and implemented<br />

Dual staff appointments<br />

Core general practice<br />

redesign<br />

Long term conditions<br />

Health pathways<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 67


Goal 5. <strong>Better</strong>: Improving co-ordination of care between general practices, hospitals and<br />

community providers<br />

Objectives Key activities Associated projects<br />

<strong>More</strong> co-ordinated care<br />

from the wider<br />

multidisciplinary team<br />

Co-ordinated support for<br />

high needs patients with<br />

LTCs<br />

Integrated mental health<br />

<strong>Better</strong> access to the range<br />

of services for frail older<br />

people<br />

Closer links with Māori<br />

providers<br />

Closer links with NGOs<br />

Closer links with pharmacy<br />

Shared information<br />

MDT clinically focused meetings in<br />

each IFHC and satellite clinic<br />

Lay navigators<br />

Clinical nurse specialists based in or<br />

linked with IFHC<br />

Allied health providers based in or<br />

linked with IFHC<br />

One entry point to primary and<br />

secondary care<br />

Establishment of co-ordinator roles<br />

<strong>Primary</strong> care involvement in discharge<br />

planning, shared care arrangements<br />

Community mental health workers and<br />

psychiatrists see patients in IFHCs<br />

Free primary care checkups and flu<br />

vaccinations<br />

<strong>Care</strong> link in IFHCs<br />

Pathways of care<br />

Case management with key clinical<br />

workers and heath navigators<br />

Processes for referrals to and from<br />

Shared approach to LTC – CVD<br />

screening<br />

Regular monthly forum at each IFHC<br />

<strong>New</strong>sletters<br />

Locum prescribing guide<br />

Medication reviews<br />

Written My Shared Health Record<br />

for patients with LTCs<br />

Web based patient record, eg.<br />

MedTech Manage My Health portal<br />

ED access to general practice notes<br />

General practice access to Health<br />

Views<br />

Improved referral and discharge<br />

information<br />

Shared electronic clinical notes across<br />

all providers based in IFHCs<br />

Integration: DHB<br />

community based<br />

services<br />

Integration: DHB<br />

community based<br />

services<br />

Mental health<br />

Frail older people<br />

Long term conditions<br />

Long term conditions<br />

Integration: DHB<br />

community based<br />

services<br />

IFHC facilities<br />

Goal 6. <strong>More</strong> convenient: community based care in integrated family health care<br />

Objectives Key activities Associated projects<br />

IFHC established<br />

All community based services located<br />

in 3 integrated family health centres,<br />

IFHCs facilities<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 68


Devolved community based<br />

services<br />

with satellite clinics for more remote<br />

areas<br />

Community nursing, allied health, <strong>Care</strong><br />

Link devolved to primary care<br />

Integration: DHB<br />

community based<br />

services<br />

Devolved specialist<br />

services<br />

Direct access to secondary<br />

services<br />

Move some First Specialist<br />

Assessments (FSAs) follow-ups to<br />

IFHC when workforce issues solved<br />

Expand direct access to radiological<br />

investigations<br />

Health pathways<br />

Improved access to<br />

diagnostics<br />

Remote clinical support Telemedicine Acute care<br />

Goal 7: Greater clinical leadership<br />

Objectives Key activities Associated projects<br />

Clinical engagement in<br />

leading change<br />

Shared training<br />

Ensuring staff spread<br />

across IFHCs maintain<br />

professional relationships<br />

Clinical leaders planning workshops<br />

Enhanced practice Quality<br />

Improvement (QI) teams<br />

Training centre for rural excellence<br />

providing multidisciplinary education<br />

Peer support and development for<br />

each professional group<br />

Core general practice<br />

redesign<br />

Integration: DHB<br />

community based<br />

services<br />

Workforce<br />

Integration: DHB<br />

community based<br />

services<br />

Goal 8: Living within available funding<br />

Objectives Key activities Associated projects<br />

Return DHB owned and<br />

operated practices to<br />

profitability<br />

Return other DHB owned &<br />

operated services to<br />

profitability<br />

Engage clinicians within practices in<br />

identifying the problems & owning the<br />

solutions<br />

Reduce unnecessary and/or duplicated<br />

management layers<br />

Transfer practices to NGO (PHO)<br />

ownership(?), and apply private sector<br />

disciplines<br />

Engage clinicians within services in<br />

owning the problem and identifying<br />

the solutions<br />

Reduce unnecessary and/or duplicated<br />

management layers<br />

Transfer services to NGO (PHO)<br />

ownership(?), and apply private sector<br />

disciplines<br />

Governance, ownership,<br />

management<br />

Governance, ownership,<br />

management<br />

Cost effective prescribing Analyse current spend for laboratory Referred services<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 69


and laboratory testing<br />

and pharmacies<br />

Identify potential areas of saving<br />

Implement programmes to align<br />

clinical and financial drivers<br />

10.6 Work in progress items<br />

While this entire business case is a work in progress, we note that the following, in particular<br />

require further work and consideration:<br />

The linkages between Reefton and Buller /Greymouth based services.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The linkages between South Westland and Hokitika / Greymouth based services.<br />

The nature of the future assessment and care co-ordination role/function at each IFHC<br />

relative to LTC management, frail elderly service co-ordination and mental health.<br />

The size and timing of service related savings.<br />

The organisational structure and governance arrangements.<br />

The activity based FTE model.<br />

10.7 Risks and Mitigations<br />

The following risks and mitigations strategies have been identified.<br />

Risk description<br />

Mitigation<br />

Service continuity<br />

If clinical staff do not support the proposed<br />

changes then they may move elsewhere,<br />

jeopardizing service continuity.<br />

Keep staff informed and apply best practice<br />

change management techniques. Programme<br />

adequate funding and time to achieve shifts in<br />

models of care.<br />

Workforce<br />

Workforce may be unprepared to take on new<br />

clinical tasks or to work in new ways.<br />

Invest in workforce competency development.<br />

Decreased integration between<br />

primary/community and secondary care<br />

Devolution of community services to a primary<br />

care organisation may result in decreased<br />

integration with secondary care.<br />

DHB Financial impact<br />

DHB may retain fixed costs in the form of<br />

overheads and facilities and corporate<br />

services, but with reducing revenue.<br />

PHO Financial impact<br />

PHO may inherit services that run at large<br />

deficit, without ability to manage costs down.<br />

Invest in purposeful development of clinical<br />

pathways across primary and secondary care<br />

using an engagement approach. Contract<br />

SMOs to visit IFHCs and to deliver outpatient<br />

services from IFHCs.<br />

Allocate overhead costs to community services<br />

and require PHO to purchase back from the<br />

DHB those services for the initial 3 year<br />

period.<br />

Ensure change programme agreed prior to<br />

transfer. Agree transitional funds to cover<br />

deficit for the first 3 years.<br />

Business case EoI V38 AC 25Feb10 Page 70


Appendices<br />

Appendix One: Health Equity Assessment Tool - Integrated Family Health Centres ....................... 2<br />

Appendix Two: Core general practice redesign ............................................................................................... 6<br />

Appendix Three: Acute care................................................................................................................................ 18<br />

Appendix Four: Keeping people healthy ......................................................................................................... 26<br />

Appendix Five: Long term conditions ............................................................................................................... 38<br />

Appendix Six: Integration - DHB community based services .................................................................. 52<br />

Appendix Seven: Integration - HealthPathways .......................................................................................... 63<br />

Appendix Eight: Improved access to diagnostics ......................................................................................... 71<br />

Appendix Nine: Referred services.................................................................................................................... 79<br />

Appendix Ten: Mental health.............................................................................................................................. 88<br />

Appendix Eleven: Frail older people ................................................................................................................ 101<br />

Appendix Twelve: Workforce ............................................................................................................................ 110<br />

Appendix Thirteen: IFHCs - Facilities ........................................................................................................... 119<br />

Appendix Fourteen: IFHCs – Information technology.............................................................................. 130<br />

Appendix Fifteen: Project advisory and reference groups..................................................................... 139<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 1


Appendix One: Health Equity Assessment Tool -<br />

Integrated Family Health Centres<br />

1. What health issue is the programme addressing?<br />

<br />

<br />

Access to better sooner more convenient primary health services.<br />

Quality of service/care pathways through primary – community - secondary health<br />

services.<br />

2. What inequalities exist in this health area?<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Despite year on year increases in PHO enrolments occurring at faster rate for Māori,<br />

enrolment in primary care remains lower than for non Māori.<br />

Māori enrolment in primary care is lowest in the Grey District.<br />

Māori enrolled in primary care access GP/nurse appointments at a lower rate than<br />

non Māori.<br />

Māori are under enrolled and have lower utilization rates in some primary care<br />

programs (eg. care plus, CVD annual reviews, immunisation) but not all (cancer<br />

navigation services, diabetes annual review, youth sexual health, primary mental health,<br />

green prescription).<br />

Māori have poorer health outcomes in the majority of health outcomes monitored.<br />

3. Who is the most advantaged and how?<br />

Data would indicate that non Māori are the most advantaged, with higher enrolments and<br />

higher access rates than Māori, they receive the benefits associated with primary<br />

practice enrolment including:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

VLCA fees<br />

lower after hours fees<br />

recall for screening, annual reviews and immunisations<br />

access to programs including, smoking cessation, green prescriptions, brief intervention<br />

counselling and self management education programs.<br />

4. How did the inequality occur? (What are the mechanisms, by which this inequality was<br />

created, is maintained or increased?)<br />

The inequality was created, and is maintained through a variety of mechanisms including:<br />

long term impact of colonization and the resulting education and economic disparities<br />

lower enrolments in primary care<br />

mainstream service effectiveness<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 2


ongoing GP shortage creating an environment where:<br />

- it can take up to 20 days for a routine appointment, disadvantaging those with<br />

more difficulty using the system<br />

- a number of medical practices have had closed books, including at one stage all<br />

practices in Greymouth (now only one of three), meaning those who were<br />

unregistered could not register, compounding the inequalities as Māori are<br />

disproportionately represented in the unregistered population<br />

- consults can be rushed, which is not conducive for providing holistic whanau ora<br />

services.<br />

5. What are the determinants of this inequality?<br />

Socio-economic, culture, living conditions, geographic location, social and community<br />

influences and behavioural determinants all impact on the development and maintenance of<br />

inequalities in primary care access, utilization and health outcomes.<br />

6. How has the Treaty of Waitangi in the context of the <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> Public Health and<br />

Disability Act 2000 been addressed?<br />

Māori are entitled to the same health status as other West Coasters, and addressing the<br />

existence of inequalities in enrolments, access and outcomes for Māori, requires a specific<br />

and dedicated focus.<br />

The Integrated Family Health Centre (IFHC) Model is a more holistic model of service<br />

delivery, utilizing a greater range of health practitioners, including kaiawhina/navigators<br />

within multi-disciplinary teams that are in turn more integrated with community and<br />

secondary health services.<br />

Ensuring Māori benefit more than non Māori, from the implementation of Integrated<br />

Family Health Centres will contribute to reducing the existing inequalities in enrolments<br />

and access to services and health outcomes. Employing specific Māori nursing positions<br />

within each integrated family health centre, employing a kaiawhina to focus on improving<br />

enrolments, developing Māori workforce, and increasing mainstream service effectiveness<br />

by increasing cultural competencies among non-Māori staff are identified as the dedicated<br />

focus to achieve.<br />

7. Where/how will you intervene to tackle this issue? (use the Ministry of Health<br />

Intervention Framework to guide your thinking).<br />

The proposal intervenes at the Health and Disability Services level of the Intervention<br />

Framework to improve health and reduce inequalities. Specifically:<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 3


Improving Access:<br />

increasing co-location of a range of primary, community and secondary services<br />

increasing multi-disciplinary working<br />

implementing navigator/Kaiawhina positions to provide practical assistance to access<br />

services<br />

implementing Māori nursing positions within each integrated family health centre<br />

increasing mainstream service effectiveness by increasing cultural competencies among<br />

non-Māori staff<br />

changing models of care to increasing nurse/allied health led services, including<br />

advancing development of nurse practitioners and working understanding orders.<br />

Improving pathways through care:<br />

reviewing pathways across through primary, community, secondary services across a<br />

number of disease states<br />

navigator/kaiawhina positions implemented to „navigate‟ patients through care.<br />

Take a population health approach:<br />

matching services to identified health needs, including Māori health needs<br />

increasing self-management education.<br />

8. How will the intervention affect health inequalities?<br />

Inequalities in enrolments and utilization of services will reduce with the interventions,<br />

particularly with the focus on enrolment and access of the kaiawhina position, and the<br />

increasing responsiveness of mainstream services with specific Māori nursing positions<br />

within each Integrated Family Health Centre, and increasing cultural competencies among<br />

non Māori staff.<br />

Implementation of these initiatives will also reduce inequalities in health outcomes over<br />

time.<br />

9. Who will benefit the most?<br />

Those enrolled in primary practice and utilizing primary health services will benefit the<br />

most from access to better sooner more convenient primary health services and improved<br />

quality of service and care pathways through primary-community-secondary health<br />

services<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 4


10. What are the unintended consequences?<br />

There is the potential that improving access to better sooner more convenient primary<br />

health services and improved care pathways through primary, community and secondary<br />

health services will increase inequalities if Māori continue to have lower enrolments, and<br />

lower access rates to primary services.<br />

11. What will you do to make sure it does reduce/eliminate inequalities?<br />

To ensure that implementation of Integrated Family Health Services reduce inequalities in<br />

enrolment, access and health outcomes for Māori, the following initiatives are included in<br />

the business case:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Māori nursing positions will be established within each IFHC<br />

a kaiawhina with a focus on increasing Māori enrollments and access to primary<br />

services, including by providing practical assistance will be appointed in Greymouth<br />

Māori workforce development<br />

increasing cultural competencies among non Māori staff to improve mainstream service<br />

effectiveness<br />

increasing integration with kaupapa Māori health services<br />

matching services to identified Māori health needs<br />

increasing provision of culturally based self-management education<br />

continuing to measure access to services and health outcomes with ethnic comparisons<br />

so as to monitor improvements and make further changes as required.<br />

The Steering Committee overseeing the development of the business case has included the<br />

West Coast DHB (WCDHB) GM Māori Health and the CEO of Rata Te Awhina Trust,<br />

kaupapa Māori health service. A review of the work of all 15 work-streams has been<br />

undertaken by the WCDHB Māori health service staff.<br />

12. How will you know if inequalities been reduced/eliminated?<br />

The following measures will be monitored to measure if inequalities have been reduced or<br />

eliminated:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Māori enrolment in West Coast PHO (WCPHO)<br />

% of Māori not enrolled in the PHO<br />

utilization of GP/nurse appointments<br />

immunisation coverage rates: childhood and flu<br />

cancer screening: breast and cervix<br />

mental health assessments and brief intervention counselling<br />

Long Term Conditions Programme enrollments and outcome indicators for<br />

cardiovascular, respiratory and diabetes.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 5


Appendix Two: Core general practice redesign<br />

1 Aspirational statement<br />

West Coasters will be able to access appropriate primary health care in a timely manner.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

This project addresses the important issue of access to core general practice care by<br />

redesigning general practitioner, nurse and health assistant roles and medical centre delivery<br />

systems, including appointment systems. The IHI Breakthrough Series PDSA quality<br />

improvement model will be used as the change management tool.<br />

This project also includes improving access to appropriate primary health care for Māori<br />

through developing roles for Māori nurses and kaiawhina.<br />

An expanded first contact role for community pharmacists is proposed.<br />

This project does not include integration of general practice with other community based<br />

nursing, allied health or NGOs, after hours care or recruitment and retention since these<br />

aspects are covered in other plans.<br />

3 Problem definition<br />

In every consultation meeting with health providers from primary or secondary care, and with<br />

community representatives, the following two problems were seen as the most important to<br />

solve as part of this EoI process:<br />

long waiting times to be seen<br />

difficult for new arrivals to the West Coast to enrol in a health centre.<br />

Other related issues commonly raised were:<br />

lack of extended hours clinics to improve access for those with full time jobs<br />

lack of continuity of care, ie. seeing a different GP or nurse each time<br />

limited co-ordination/communication between GPs and nurses, sometimes resulting in<br />

inconsistency of care<br />

lack of community understanding of nursing roles and abilities.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 6


It is common for people with an acute health problem wanting an appointment to be seen by a<br />

GP, to wait three weeks to get an appointment in either Buller or in Greymouth (very urgent<br />

adult presentations and sick children are seen sooner).<br />

The perceived reasons for difficulties in accessing appointments are:<br />

lack of permanent GPs on the Coast<br />

heavy dependence on locums and difficulties at times attracting locums<br />

GPs in DHB owned health centres are on MECA contracts and so have three half days<br />

each week as non contact time<br />

variable development of nursing roles.<br />

General practice team roles<br />

To counter the GP shortage a number of initiatives have already been implemented:<br />

staffing remoter rural clinics with rural nurses as first line carers<br />

increased role for nurses in providing long term condition management, carrying out<br />

reviews and assessments and providing repeat prescriptions signed by the GP<br />

nurses seeing acute patients and then slotting in to see a GP or asking GP to sign a script<br />

as required<br />

nurses seeing patients and providing medications under standing orders<br />

GPs and nurses doing quick retrospective case note reviews of patients managed by<br />

nurses<br />

dividing the health centre enrolled population into subgroups with teams of one to two<br />

GPs (one permanent, one locum) and two nurses per subgroup<br />

phone triage of appointments to nurse or GP by either receptionist or by a nurse.<br />

Currently in many places on the West Coast nurses are providing a significant proportion of the<br />

kind of consultations that would elsewhere be done by GPs. While in some practices nurses with<br />

advanced qualifications have been employed, there has been extensive nurse training and/or<br />

standing orders have been implemented according to Ministry of Health guidelines, in others<br />

practices nurses are taking on an expanded role in order to meet patient needs, without<br />

adequate training, support or supervision.<br />

Currently while there are no nurse practitioners with prescribing rights on the West Coast,<br />

some nurses are working towards this qualification.<br />

Community Pharmacy<br />

The West Coast is well served by four community pharmacies who have assisted when GPs are<br />

not available by:<br />

managing minor ailments with over the counter (OTC) preparations<br />

providing up to two weeks medication as a pharmacy-generated interim prescription<br />

when a prescription for long term medications is required but the patient cannot get an<br />

appointment<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 7


dispensing nurse generated, unsigned scripts with a formal agreement that a GP will take<br />

full responsibility and sign within one week.<br />

Māori access<br />

Māori access to care, as shown by the percentage of the census population enrolled in a health<br />

centre, has also been an issue, previously in the Buller region and now in Greymouth. For two<br />

years a kaiawhina was employed by the PHO in the Buller region to enhance relationships<br />

between the health centres and the Māori community.<br />

4 Objectives:<br />

The objectives of this plan are:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

to improve access to first contact core general practice team care (access to long term<br />

condition management is addressed in the Long Term Conditions project)<br />

to reduce waiting times for general practice appointments<br />

to improve continuity of care<br />

to improve co-ordination of care<br />

to develop a team approach with patients seen by GP or nurse according to health need<br />

to implement the above through providing a facilitated learning environment for health<br />

centres in each region to redesign their delivery systems to improve access and<br />

continuity of care<br />

to improve access to care through expansion of the role of community pharmacist<br />

to improve access for Māori through health centres working closely with local kaiawhina.<br />

5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Year 2 Year 3<br />

Yr 1<br />

Facilitated regional planning sessions 0 6 4 2<br />

% of health centres with extended<br />

0% 25% 50% 60%<br />

hours clinics<br />

% of health centres with drop in nurse 37% 50% 50% 50%<br />

clinics for acute problems<br />

% of health centres with weekly clinical 88% 100% 100% 100%<br />

review meetings between GPs and<br />

nurses<br />

Number pharmacists dispensing using 0 0 4 6<br />

„standing orders‟<br />

Number of Māori nurses employed 4 5 6 7<br />

Number of Kaiawhina employed 1 1 2 2<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 8


Outcome measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target –<br />

Yr 1<br />

Year 2 Year 3<br />

Nurse:GP consultation ratio 0.78:1 1:1 1.2:1 1.5:1<br />

Waiting time for adult with acute Same day Same day Same day Same day<br />

problem, eg. short of breath, to be<br />

seen<br />

Average waiting time for adult needing<br />

3 monthly check and script<br />

Winter<br />

10 days 7 days 4 days 2 days<br />

Summer<br />

5 days 4 days 3 days 2 days<br />

% of health centres enrolling new<br />

patients<br />

88% 100% 100% 100%<br />

Measure of continuity of care – to be<br />

developed<br />

% of Māori enrolled in PHO Buller: 95%<br />

Gymth: 76%<br />

Wstlnd: 95%<br />

Number of triage 5 seen at Greymouth<br />

ED 07.00-15.30hrs Mon - Fri<br />

TBC TBC TBC TBC<br />

Buller: 95%<br />

Gymth: 85%<br />

Wstlnd: 95%<br />

Buller: 95%<br />

Gymth: 95%<br />

Wstlnd: 95%<br />

43/week 40 35 30<br />

Community satisfaction survey results TBC TBC TBC TBC<br />

6 Deliverables / activities<br />

The business case modeling around the financial sustainability of general practice assumes a<br />

move to a strategy whereby experienced practice and rural nurses see most general patients<br />

(including dispensing under standing orders), and GPs provide back-up support, supervision and<br />

are available to see complex patients whose diagnosis and care plan is less clear. Currently a<br />

version of this model of care is in place at some practices, but often in an unplanned way – as an<br />

ad hoc response to a shortage of GPs. This model of care accepts that the West Coast<br />

generally has ratios of 1 GP to 2000 patients, and provides the necessary supports in the form<br />

of additional practice nurses and consistent policies and processes to make this model safe and<br />

rewarding for patients and staff. However this model is not yet set in stone and if alternatives<br />

are proposed that have as good or better outcomes in terms of access, safety of care and<br />

financial viability, they will be considered.<br />

This plan uses the IHI Breakthrough Series PDSA methodology to develop and implement plans<br />

within each health centre, with sharing of ideas, progress and outcomes between health centres.<br />

This methodology harnesses clinical leadership to develop and trial new initiatives using PDSA<br />

cycles to Plan (a potential solution), Do (implement), Study (review the effectiveness of the<br />

solution) and Act on the outcome (either try a new solution or imbed the trialed one so that it<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 9


ecomes business-as-usual). Input is also provided by expert speakers and reports of<br />

successful initiatives in other places.<br />

Implementation plan: to June 30<br />

A. IHI PDSA cycles methodology to improve health centre delivery systems:<br />

identify team(s) in each health centre to work on this project with at least one nurse,<br />

one GP and the practice manager in each team<br />

facilitate one workshop for health centre teams in both Greymouth and Westport<br />

facilitate two team workshops with each health centre<br />

identify the current patient pathway for common types of presentation to general<br />

practice as per the Stratified Levels of <strong>Care</strong> model in the <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Advisory<br />

Council report 20 (see Appendix A)<br />

reach consensus on the desired patient pathways (see Appendix B for potential change in<br />

patient pathway for acutely unwell adult)<br />

implementation of at least two PDSA cycles in each health centre that may include the<br />

following initiatives to improve the patient pathway:<br />

- increased role for nurses as first contact;<br />

- triage systems for deciding who patient needs to see and length of appointment;<br />

- GPs providing back up for a nurse team (patients make appointments with nurses,<br />

GP provides input and advice at the end of nurse consultations);<br />

- implementation of standing orders (see Acute <strong>Care</strong> plan);<br />

- longer booked consultations with GPs for complex patients;<br />

- GP and nurses divided into smaller teams within the health centre, each with its<br />

own designated population;<br />

- development of the nurse practitioner role within practice teams;<br />

- regular clinical meetings of GP and nurse teams;<br />

- shared review of clinical notes for high needs patients;<br />

- e-mail and phone consultations;<br />

- extended hours clinics during the week;<br />

- drop in nurse clinics;<br />

- development of a health assistant role;<br />

- using Dr Info for recall letters;<br />

- provide focused education for frequent flyers<br />

development of data definitions and collection mechanisms for measuring continuity of<br />

care and community satisfaction with services<br />

identification of training needs of nurses and arrange for Nursing Post Graduate<br />

Certificate Health Assessment paper to be delivered on the Coast in 2010 (see Acute<br />

<strong>Care</strong> paper)<br />

<br />

20 <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Advisory Council. Progress Report of the Council‟s work to provide advice to the<br />

Ministry of Health and District Health Boards on <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Service Models. Nov 2009<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 10


determine ratio of nurses and GPs to patient population (see Workforce project)<br />

address recruitment and retention issues (see Workforce Project).<br />

B. Improving access and outcomes for Māori:<br />

implement a time-limited Greymouth based version of the kaiawhina project that was<br />

successful in engaging Māori in Buller with the medical centre there:<br />

- ascertain roles of various players (health centres, Māori health provider, PHO);<br />

- implement kaiawhina role to address Grey district enrolment of Māori;<br />

- provide appropriate training and support<br />

identify/recruit one Māori nurse in each practice. Develop part of her/his role to focus<br />

on improving access and health outcomes for meeting the needs of Māori patients,<br />

providing a whanau ora approach and improving Māori engagement in services and clinical<br />

programmes<br />

link health navigators in each health centre with Māori nurses so that they can provide<br />

community based support for hard to reach patients.<br />

C. Extended role for pharmacists<br />

Formalise arrangements between practices and pharmacies for pharmacists to provide<br />

interim prescriptions when GPs not available to sign prescriptions.<br />

Year one:<br />

A. IHI PDSA cycle to improve health centre delivery systems<br />

Task<br />

Four facilitated workshops in each health centre to review PDSA cycles<br />

and implement new ones<br />

Review progress on outcome measures and feed back into quarterly<br />

planning sessions<br />

Monthly meetings with health centre delivery systems redesign teams<br />

to provide support<br />

Three regional workshops to share ideas across health centres<br />

Health centre newsletters to explain new systems<br />

Develop community education programmes about care of common minor<br />

ailments<br />

By when<br />

Quarterly<br />

Quarterly<br />

Monthly<br />

August, Nov, Feb<br />

August<br />

April<br />

B. Māori access<br />

Task<br />

Roles of Māori nurses defined<br />

Kaiawhina commences<br />

Review level of Māori enrolment<br />

By when<br />

July<br />

July<br />

Quarterly<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 11


C. Extended role for pharmacists<br />

Task<br />

Investigate pharmacy access to MedTech<br />

Extend the Standing Orders aspect of the Improving Access to Acute<br />

<strong>Care</strong> project to include pharmacists as follows:<br />

In consultation with GPs select two conditions from the current<br />

Westland Medical Centre Standing Orders documentation that<br />

are appropriate for pharmacists.<br />

Formalise process for pharmacists to assess patients, document<br />

consultation, send copy of consultation note (formal GP referral<br />

forms are currently in use at some pharmacies) and<br />

prescription for retrospective signing to GP, review by GP and<br />

further education provided as required.<br />

Formalise a process for pharmacists to be remunerated.<br />

Provide half day training session for first two conditions.<br />

By when<br />

March<br />

May<br />

Year two<br />

A. IHI PDSA cycle to improve health centre delivery systems:<br />

evaluate success of this project to date<br />

identify remaining problem areas<br />

continue facilitated health centre workshops where outcome targets are not being met.<br />

B. Māori access:<br />

continue to monitor increases in Māori enrolments each quarter<br />

refine roles of Māori nurses, kaiawhina and health navigators.<br />

C. Extended role for pharmacists:<br />

evaluate success of standing orders pilot<br />

identify whether more conditions should be added<br />

provide further training as required.<br />

Year three<br />

A. IHI PDSA cycle to improve health centre delivery systems:<br />

continue to report on outcomes<br />

address any problem areas with more workshops.<br />

B. Māori access:<br />

<br />

evaluate impact; review & revise role/project as necessary.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 12


C. Extended role for pharmacists:<br />

identify whether more conditions should be added<br />

provide further training as required.<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

This project will require dedicated time from health centre staff, particularly their Quality<br />

Improvement (QI) teams. Currently they have limited time to engage so where possible their<br />

time on this project will be back filled with locum cover. A skilled facilitator will be contracted<br />

to assist with this project.<br />

Capacity issues and desired numbers of GPs and nurses are addressed in the Workforce project.<br />

Support and training will be provided for the kaiawhina.<br />

Dedicated time from pharmacists will be required in order to provide greater first contact care.<br />

8 Effect on inequalities<br />

The development of Māori nurse and kaiawhina positions will improve access for Māori to<br />

primary health care (see section on addressing inequalities).<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

The IHI Breakthrough Series is an evidence based quality improvement approach 21 . It has been<br />

used in a number of settings with good results 22 and was successfully used on the West Coast in<br />

2009 to implement the PHO Long Term Conditions Framework 23 .<br />

Different models of nursing care and enhanced roles for nurses have been implemented<br />

successfully internationally 24 , and in <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> 25 .<br />

21 Wagner - find Wagner E, Austin B, Davis C, Bonomi A., Provost L, McCulloch D, Carver P, Sixta C. Quality Improvement<br />

in Chronic Illness care: a Collaborative approach. J Q Improvement 2001; 27(2):63-80.<br />

22 Daniel D. Norman J. Davis C. Lee H. Hindmarsh M. McCulloch D. Wagner E. Sugarman J. A state-level application of<br />

the chronic illness breakthrough series. Joint Commission Journal on Quality and Safety. 2004; 30(2):69-79.<br />

23 North D, Tracey J. Evaluation of the IHI Breakthrough Series Project for West Coast PHO. Jan 2010.<br />

24 Horrocks S, Anderson E, Salisbury C. Systematic review of whether nurse practitioners working in primary care can<br />

provide equivalent care to doctors. BMJ 2002; 324: 819-23.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 13


Pharmacist minor ailments services have operated successfully in the UK (Scotland) for a<br />

number of years.<br />

The effectiveness of the kaiawhina role in improving Māori enrolments has already been proven<br />

in the Buller region 26 .<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Staff do not have<br />

time to engage<br />

Medium High Arrange workshops in locations and at<br />

times that suit practices.<br />

Health centres<br />

unable to implement<br />

new systems<br />

Medium High Health centre teams take lead in<br />

developing plans.<br />

Project manager visits each health<br />

centre monthly to provide support and<br />

identify early barriers.<br />

Changes made do not<br />

improve access<br />

Low High Monitor results of PDSA cycles<br />

quarterly and adapt plans as required.<br />

Insufficient training<br />

and support provided<br />

to nurses<br />

Medium High Provision of training in Health<br />

Assessment and Standing Orders (see<br />

Acute <strong>Care</strong> project).<br />

Ongoing general professional<br />

development provided (see Workforce<br />

project).<br />

At least weekly shared clinical<br />

meetings.<br />

Monitoring by clinical nurse leader.<br />

Difficult to attract<br />

Māori nurses<br />

Low High Develop a whanau ora, holistic model of<br />

care in health centres.<br />

Provide Tiriti o Waitangi workshops to<br />

other staff.<br />

Pharmacists do not<br />

have time to expand<br />

their role<br />

Medium Medium Assist pharmacists with recruitment<br />

and retention.<br />

25 McKinlay E. Thinking beyond <strong>Care</strong> Plus: The work primary health care nurses in chronic conditions programmes NZ Fam<br />

Phys 2007;34(5):322- 7.<br />

26 Cooke A. Evaluation: Improving Māori Access in Kawatiri. Jul 2009.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 14


11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan: Dr Greville Wood, Dr Anna Dyzel, Nigel Ogilvie RN, Dr<br />

JD Naidoo, Hecta Williams, Marie West, Dr Paul Cooper, Pauline Ansley, Helen Reriti, Karyn<br />

Kelly, Julie Kilkelly, and Kerri Miedema.<br />

Other clinicians involved: Workshops were initially held in Greymouth and Westport, with all<br />

nurses, GPs and practice managers invited. Follow-up meetings were held in each health centre<br />

to refine the content of this proposal.<br />

12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

The change management process will be managed by the PHO in consultation with health centre<br />

owners of all health centres; private and DHB.<br />

13 Budget considerations<br />

Costs from this plan include:<br />

practice, district and regional change management support and facilitation<br />

modeling and analysis of changes in model of care on practice viability<br />

development/ adaptation and annual administration of community survey<br />

kaiawhina employment (SIA).<br />

Year one Year Two Year Three<br />

Change management facilitation and<br />

$74,000 $50,000 $40,000<br />

support<br />

Analysis of effects of changes on<br />

$10,000 $10,000 $10,000<br />

practice viability<br />

Community survey $10,000 $10,000 $10,000<br />

Kaiawhina ($60,000 from SIA Budget)<br />

Total $94,000 $70,000 $60,000<br />

These costs are included in the Investing in Change budget, Section 11.1 in the business case.<br />

Estimated savings to health centres from changing the model of care are included in Section 9.2<br />

of the business case.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 15


Appendix A: Models of care from <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Advisory Council report<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 16


Appendix B: Acutely unwell adult patient journey<br />

Unwell adult: current situation<br />

Makes appt<br />

to see<br />

nurse<br />

• May wait several days for<br />

appt<br />

•Nurse may manage<br />

consult<br />

•May also need review by<br />

GP – then or later<br />

Unwell adult rings<br />

for appointment –<br />

3+ week wait for GP<br />

Given<br />

phone<br />

advice by<br />

nurse<br />

Goes to<br />

ED<br />

•May be managed with<br />

phone advice<br />

•May need rptd ph calls<br />

•May need to make appt<br />

or end up at ED<br />

•Seen at ED<br />

•May be for problem<br />

better managed in GP<br />

•May have LTC and ED<br />

may not know current<br />

Rx<br />

Waits 3<br />

weeks for<br />

GP<br />

•My deteriorate while<br />

waiting and be admitted<br />

•May suffer from delayed<br />

treatment<br />

•May get better and not<br />

need appt<br />

Unwell adult: future scenario<br />

Given appt<br />

to see<br />

nurse<br />

within 24<br />

hours<br />

•Seen within 2 days<br />

•Nurse may manage<br />

consult under SO<br />

•May also need review by<br />

GP at the time<br />

Unwell adult rings<br />

for appointment –<br />

triaged over phone<br />

Given<br />

phone<br />

advice by<br />

nurse<br />

Advised to<br />

see<br />

pharmacist<br />

•May be managed with<br />

phone advice<br />

•IF not improving within<br />

24 hours seen by nurse or<br />

GP<br />

•Seen by pharmacist and<br />

treated under ‘SO’ with GP<br />

reviewing consult note<br />

and signing script later<br />

Given appt<br />

to see GP<br />

within 48<br />

hrs<br />

•Different appt lengths<br />

available according to<br />

nature of problem – 10 /<br />

15/ 20 / 30 min (e.g.<br />

exacerbation of complex<br />

LTC)<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 17


Appendix Three: Acute care<br />

1. Aspirational statement<br />

All West Coasters will know how to appropriately access acute and after hours care and will be<br />

satisfied with the service received.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

This project has three main aspects: introducing HML nurse phone triage after hours, increasing<br />

community knowledge of how to access after hours care appropriately, and upskilling nurses to<br />

provide more acute care after hours and within office hours.<br />

It builds on the West Coast After Hours Plan which is available for review.<br />

If patients who are acutely unwell are unable to be seen during the day by their usual GP/nurse<br />

team, then this increases the demand for after hours care and inappropriate use of emergency<br />

departments. The project on the redesign of core general practice care addresses this issue.<br />

3 Problem definition<br />

Key problems in the provision of both after hours care and acute care within office hours are:<br />

the burden of after hours call<br />

lack of community understanding of how to access after hours services<br />

high rates of triage 5 attendances at Greymouth ED, both during office hours and after<br />

hours<br />

variation in training and skills of nurses providing after hours and acute care.<br />

For greater detail on the current situation see Appendix One.<br />

Recruitment and retention and decreasing the waiting time to be seen in general practice are<br />

important contributors to after hours issues; they are covered in other project plans.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 18


4 Objectives<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

to implement nurse phone triage throughout the West Coast after hours<br />

to provide advanced training for nurses doing after hours call<br />

to implement the use of standing orders in all practices<br />

to increase community understanding of how to use after hours services<br />

to decrease inappropriate attendances at ED<br />

to increase coordination of care between practices and ED.<br />

5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr<br />

1<br />

HML triage in place By June 10<br />

Community education campaign<br />

implemented<br />

Number of nurses with PG Cert in<br />

Assessment and Pharmacology or<br />

equivalent<br />

ED and hospital pharmacy able to<br />

access patient MedTech notes<br />

Year 2 Year 3<br />

By August Rptd in April Rptd in April<br />

2010<br />

11 20 25 30<br />

No<br />

In place<br />

Outcome measures<br />

Indicator<br />

Number of triage 5 seen at<br />

Greymouth ED 07.00-15.30 Mon -<br />

Fri<br />

Number of triage 5 seen at<br />

Greymouth ED 15.30-22.40 Mon -<br />

Fri<br />

Number of triage 5 seen 22.40-<br />

08.00 Mon - Sun<br />

Numbers of triage 5 seen at<br />

weekends 08.00-22.40<br />

Numbers triaged and<br />

redirected/wk<br />

Baseline<br />

YTD to<br />

Dec 09<br />

Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

43/week 40 35 30<br />

11/week 9 8 7<br />

1.75/week 1.7 1.6 1.5<br />

15/week 13 12 11<br />

0 7 14 21<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 19


% pts discharged of transferred<br />

from ED within 6 hours<br />

% ringing HML who need local<br />

GP/nurse assessment<br />

100% >95% >95% >95%<br />

TBC<br />

6 Deliverables / activities<br />

Implementation plan: to June 30<br />

HML Triage:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Draw up contract with HML Triage to provide after hours nurse phone triage for every<br />

practice.<br />

HML visits every practice and Greymouth ED to gather information on local systems and<br />

capability.<br />

Ensure practices have good systems in place to care for patients who need follow-up<br />

care the next day, eg. phone consultations, acute appointment slots, walk in clinics.<br />

Ensure all practices receive regular reports from HML and all systems are working<br />

appropriately.<br />

Community education campaign – four to six weeks later:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Content: if you are unwell after hours ring your general practice and you will receive<br />

advice from an experienced nurse regarding what you should do. Do not go straight to<br />

the emergency department unless it is an emergency.<br />

Involve St John in campaign.<br />

Design campaign methodology: newspaper articles, pamphlets, radio messages, practice<br />

newsletters.<br />

Campaign also tailored towards Māori and Pacific Island communities.<br />

Implement campaign.<br />

Redesign Greymouth after hours arrangements:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Practices will see their own urgent patients during the day instead of these patients<br />

being seen at the duty practice. There will be a duty practice but it will see only urgent<br />

out of town or non-enrolled patients (often re-directed from ED).<br />

The newly established academic practice will be on-call in the evenings (Mon, Tues, Wed)<br />

with GP registrars seeing patients under the supervision of Dr Willet or Dr Wood.<br />

Town practices will roster Thursday evening call.<br />

Weekends will be covered by all practices allocated on the basis of capitation population.<br />

This should result in a more equitable allocation of on-call and reduce the number of GP<br />

patients presenting at ED because urgent appointments will be available at each<br />

practice.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 20


Review Buller after hours arrangements:<br />

The practice closes at 5 pm and any urgent presentations from about 4:30 to 5:00 are<br />

directed to Buller Health ED.<br />

Buller Health ED is staffed by a GP until 5:30 and may stay on duty until 10:00 pm if<br />

required.<br />

An after hours co-ordinator supervises a mix of RNs and ENs who staff ED.<br />

GPs are on call for Triage 1 and Triage 2 patients. The decision to call the GP for other<br />

triage levels is made by the team leader on duty.<br />

Weekend emergency clinics operate on Saturday, Sunday and Public Holidays from 10:00<br />

to 11:00 am and again at 5:00 to 6:00 pm.<br />

x-ray services are provided 24/7 on an on call basis between 4:30 pm and 8:30 am.<br />

Nurse education:<br />

Identification of training needs of the nurses providing after hours and acute primary<br />

care (24 practice nurses and 12 rural nurses).<br />

Arrange for Nursing Post Graduate Certificate Health Assessment paper to be<br />

delivered on West Coast in 2010, with funding from after hours budget if required.<br />

Arrange access to further PRIME training for new staff on PRIME call out roster as<br />

required, with support for travel and accommodation costs.<br />

Standing orders:<br />

Develop standard processes for the use of standing orders in practices.<br />

Adopt content of the Westland Medical Centre standing orders for Coast-wide use.<br />

Select which standing orders.<br />

Establish subcommittee to oversee development of standing orders training.<br />

Develop a curriculum to provide training on each standing orders over 2010/11.<br />

Develop the lesson plan for the first training session.<br />

Run the first two training sessions for 6-8 standing orders in both Westport and<br />

Greymouth.<br />

Fund nurses to attend training sessions.<br />

Visit each practice to discuss the use of standing orders and obtain written agreement<br />

to use the standard processes and content from all GPs.<br />

Plan and run second training session in both regions.<br />

Co-ordination with ED:<br />

Install a copy of MedTech in a computer in ED.<br />

Change patient registration form/casualty sheet on arrival to include consent for access<br />

to their MedTech notes for that hospital visit.<br />

Ensure privacy considerations are met.<br />

Obtain agreement from practices.<br />

Create link into DHB practice server.<br />

Evaluate community cellulitis management project and extend to all practices.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 21


Year one:<br />

HML triage:<br />

review use and acceptability – Dec.<br />

Community education:<br />

agree on processes to be used by ED to redirect patients who would be better seen by<br />

general practice (triage 5) – by August<br />

implement processes, along with voucher system for those in financial hardship – by<br />

September<br />

repeat community education campaign in April.<br />

Nurse education:<br />

providing funding for more nurses to do PG Cert papers and PRIME.<br />

Standing orders:<br />

provide 5 more day long training sessions in Greymouth and Westport<br />

review and update content of standing orders - May<br />

review use in each practice and adapt standard processes as required – October.<br />

Co-ordination with ED:<br />

create link into other MedTech practices<br />

enable hospital pharmacy to link into MedTech.<br />

Review after hours arrangements in South Westland:<br />

include St John – enhancing conditions for volunteers, including ability to sleep over.<br />

Telemedicine:<br />

implement proof of concept plan for telemedicine links from IFHCs.<br />

Year two<br />

Community education campaign:<br />

repeat in April.<br />

Nurse education:<br />

providing funding for more nurses to do post graduate certificate papers and PRIME.<br />

Standing orders:<br />

provide 4 more day long training sessions in each of Greymouth and Westport<br />

review and update content of standing orders - May<br />

review use in each practice and adapt standard processes as required – October.<br />

Evaluate and update after hours plan and develop other initiatives as required.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 22


Year three<br />

Community education campaign<br />

repeat in April.<br />

Nurse education<br />

<br />

providing funding for more nurses to do PG Cert papers and PRIME.<br />

Standing orders<br />

provide 4 more day long training sessions in each of Greymouth and Westport<br />

review and update content of standing orders - May<br />

review use in each practice and adapt standard processes as required – October.<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

This project is about increasing capacity by using HML to triage all after hours phone calls, with<br />

an expected drop in GP/nurse call outs of 50%.<br />

It also builds on the models of care developments in that it promotes an increased role for<br />

nurses, and so provides extra postgraduate training and training in standing orders to increase<br />

nurse capability.<br />

The plan also provides extra capability through use of new technology, ie. Cisco in Buller.<br />

8 Effect on inequalities<br />

It is well documented that the inequalities in health exist between Māori and non Māori on the<br />

West Coast.<br />

The after hours primary health care services proposed in this plan will ensure that all West<br />

Coast residents, and particularly those with the greatest need, will have access to free and<br />

consistent telephone triage services, through the diversion of phone calls from general practice<br />

to HML triage. For those who have no phone and go directly to an emergency department there<br />

will be vouchers available if they are referred to afterhours services and cannot pay the fee.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 23


9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

HML Triage has been successfully implemented throughout <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>, now covering over one<br />

million people each night.<br />

Standing orders have been successfully implemented in Westland Medical Centre resulting in<br />

the majority of acute care and after hours care being provided by skilled nurses.<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Practices select not to Low Moderate Fund out of After Hours funding<br />

use HML triage<br />

Nurses unable to take<br />

time off to do standing<br />

Moderate High Provide courses at weekends and pay<br />

for attendance<br />

orders training<br />

Nurses unable to take Moderate Moderate Deliver papers on the West Coast<br />

time off to do PG Cert<br />

papers<br />

Triage 5 patients still go<br />

to ED<br />

Redirection to IFHCs<br />

Use vouchers for low socioeconomic<br />

Adapt community education campaign<br />

11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan: Hecta Williams, Dr JD Naidoo, Nigel Ogilvie RN,<br />

Dr Martin Smith, Julie Lucas RN, Dr Rodger Mills, Karyn Kelly RN, Wayne Turp, Shona McLeod,<br />

Dr Vicki Robertson, Barbara Smith RN, Dr Greville Wood, Dr Carol Atmore, Dr Jocelyn Tracey.<br />

Other clinicians involved: Copy sent to every general practice for input by nurses and GPs.<br />

12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

Shared DHB and PHO accountability in the after hours steering group.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 24


13 Costs<br />

Budget considerations:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The DHB received $80,000 for implementing the after hours plan in 2009/10. It is<br />

expected that the same amount will be received in 2010/11.<br />

Postgraduate university fees for advanced nursing papers are covered by Clinical<br />

Training Agency funding.<br />

Note that separate funding is available from MoH for proof of concept of the benefit<br />

of telemedicine in remote sites.<br />

To June 10<br />

Year one<br />

Income<br />

MoH after hours fund 80,000 80,000<br />

Expenditure<br />

HML 18,000 36,000<br />

Standing orders training sessions 24,400 30,500<br />

PRIME support 2,000 3,000<br />

Communication 10,000 5,000<br />

ED vouchers 500 1000<br />

Project management 25,000 4500<br />

Total expenditure 79,900 80,000<br />

Profit $100 $0<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 25


Appendix Four: Keeping people healthy<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

All West Coasters will live healthy lives.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

Many of the public health and health promotion activities delivered on the West Coast by the<br />

West Coast DHB (WCDHB), West Coast PHO (WCPHO) and Community & Public Health (CPH)<br />

address the same health outcomes. Some degree of joint planning and implementation of health<br />

promotion activities take place at present however there is a need to shift the focus from the<br />

sharing of information and co-operation to effective and meaningful „collaboration‟. It has been<br />

determined that each of the three organisations focuses on the following areas that will serve<br />

as the basis of joint planning and collaboration for „keeping West Coast people healthy‟:<br />

tobacco control/smokefree<br />

improving immunisation coverage<br />

increasing physical activity and nutrition.<br />

This initiative is designed to further enhance public health and health promotional activities in<br />

the above three areas through the production of a joint health promotion plan and<br />

implementation strategy that will be shared between the organisations. The first year of this<br />

plan describes common areas of delivery in detail and indicates the breadth of activity that will<br />

be planned jointly at the end of three years.<br />

There are other areas of health promotion delivery that do not cross over between<br />

organisations and are not incorporated as part of this plan. The details of PHO specific<br />

activities are however detailed in the deliverables section.<br />

3 Problem definition<br />

For the last three years the West Coast District Health Board (DHB), West Coast <strong>Primary</strong><br />

Health Organisation (PHO) and Community & Public Health (CPH) have carried out some degree<br />

of joint planning around health promotion activities. This joint planning was designed to bring<br />

the three organisations together and to identify areas of commonality where each could<br />

complement others work. This often focused on the sharing of information and the<br />

implementation of joint initiatives where all three organisations contributed to a project. To<br />

enhance this joint planning and initiate more effective collaboration the Healthy West Coast<br />

Governance Group, with management level membership across the three organisations was<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 26


established. This group now oversees health promotion projects/activities developed by each<br />

organisation.<br />

Up until recently each of the three organisations continued to develop their own public health<br />

and health promotion plans, and there was the potential for a large amount of cross over and<br />

duplication of effort and resourcing. The imperative to reduce this duplication was augmented<br />

by the limited health promotion funding and qualified public health workforce on the West<br />

Coast. By carrying out joint planning and avoiding potential cross over means that any funding<br />

and workforce we do have is maximized to it best potential.<br />

Keeping people healthy and reducing the burden of chronic disease through public health and<br />

health promotion initiatives is integral to the primary care business case. The emphasis of<br />

keeping people healthy is on preventing West Coasters from becoming unwell and improving the<br />

health of those with existing chronic conditions. The three key priorities, tobacco<br />

control/smokefree, increasing immunisation and physical activity and nutrition coverage have<br />

been selected due to the impact that these interventions areas have on preventing or minimizing<br />

chronic disease and infirmity.<br />

Tobacco Control/Smokefree<br />

Smoking is one of the leading causes or mortality and morbidity for the West Coast population,<br />

with 25.7% of all West Coasters reporting they are regular smokers compared to 20.7% of the<br />

national population 27 . Māori smoking rates are considerably higher on the West Coast (by<br />

comparison with non Māori), particularly for Māori girls at Year 10 28 . Of concern is the high<br />

rate of smoking amongst 20-24 year olds, with 40.9% of West Coast youth compared with<br />

29.8% nationally smoking on a regular basis. Lifestyle changes such as not smoking will have a<br />

positive impact on the health status of West Coasters and lead to a reduction in chronic illness,<br />

notably respiratory, cardiac and vascular conditions, cancer rates and diabetes.<br />

Increasing Immunisation Coverage<br />

Increasing immunisation coverage at 24 months of age continues as a focus for improving child<br />

health on the West Coast. In 2008/09 80% of children were immunised at 24 months of age,<br />

below the national target of 85%. <strong>More</strong> recently the Immunisation Advisory Group has<br />

extended its brief to focus on seasonal influenza and HPV vaccinations. In 2008/09 55% of<br />

the total West Coast population and 60% of the high needs West Coast population were<br />

vaccinated for seasonal influenza.<br />

Physical Activity & Nutrition<br />

Sedentary lifestyles, poor nutrition and overweight and obesity are a major and increasing cause<br />

of preventable disease, disability and death in <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> 29 . The <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> Health Survey<br />

2002/03 indicates that West Coasters have particularly high levels of excess adiposity, with<br />

27 Statistics <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>. (2006). Census of Population and Dwellings. Wellington: Statistics <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>.<br />

28 Beg A. West Coast Tai Poutini Maori Health Profile, August 2008.<br />

29 Ministry of Health. (2000). The <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> Health Strategy. Wellington: Ministry of Health.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 27


61% of residents identifying as overweight or obese. Of particular concern are the high levels<br />

of obesity among West Coast Māori (32%) 30 . Furthermore, over half of West Coasters do not<br />

consume at least two pieces of fruit per day.<br />

4 Objectives<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

To enhance the health and well being of West Coasters and reducing the burden of<br />

chronic disease through a reduction in smoking initiation and increase in cessation;<br />

increasing immunisation coverage; increased physical activity, improved nutrition and<br />

reduced rates of obesity throughout the district.<br />

To improve immunisation coverage for West Coast residents, particularly relating to<br />

childhood immunisations, HPV vaccination and seasonal influenza vaccine.<br />

To improve the health and wellbeing of West Coast residents through the creation of<br />

environments that support physical activity, healthy eating (including breastfeeding) and<br />

weight reduction.<br />

To reduce harm caused by tobacco with the overall objective of reducing the number of<br />

West Coasters who smoke on a regular basis to be no greater than the national average.<br />

To create and maintain social and physical environments that support smokefree.<br />

To empower West Coast communities to take action around „keeping people healthy‟.<br />

Establish a virtual single entity where the WCPHO, WCDHB and CPH plan and implement<br />

the health promotion strategy collaborative to „keep West Coasters healthy‟.<br />

To maximize resources (funding and personal) available to the West Coast by ensuring<br />

that projects are provided efficiently and are designed to meet the needs of the<br />

community and are evidence based.<br />

5 Benefits and gains<br />

Increased immunisation:<br />

85 percent of two year olds will be fully immunised by July 2010; 90 percent by July 2011; and<br />

95 percent by July 2012.<br />

<strong>Better</strong> help for smokers to quit:<br />

80 percent of hospitalised smokers will be provided with advice and help to quit by July 2010;<br />

90 percent by July 2011; and 95 percent by July 2012. The measures for primary care that will<br />

be introduced from July 2010, through the PHO Performance Programme are the percentage of<br />

the enrolled population for whom smoking status has been recorded and the percentage of the<br />

enrolled population who are current smokers.<br />

30 Ministry of Health. (2004). A portrait of health: Key results of the 2002/03 <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> Health Survey. Wellington:<br />

Ministry of Health<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 28


Output measures<br />

Tobacco control / smokefree<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

% total population who have ever<br />

had a smoking status recorded –<br />

Total (PPP)<br />

% total population who have ever<br />

had a smoking status recorded –<br />

High needs (PPP)<br />

% of current smokers who been<br />

given brief advice in the last 12<br />

months July 2011. (PPP)<br />

% of current smokers who been<br />

given or referred to cessation<br />

support services in the last 12<br />

months July 2011. (PPP)<br />

% of hospitalised smokers will be<br />

provided with advice and help to<br />

quit by July 2010<br />

Total West Coast-wide population<br />

accessing smoking cessation<br />

services (AKP, Coast Quit, Quitline,<br />

WCDHB)<br />

33% 36% 40% 44%<br />

35% 38% 42% 46%<br />

TBC TBC TBC TBC<br />

TBC TBC TBC TBC<br />

19% 80% 90% 95%<br />

969 979 989 1000<br />

Outcome measures<br />

Tobacco control / smokefree<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

Year 10 students who smoke on a 3.2% 3% 2.8% 2.6%<br />

daily basis (ASH)<br />

Year 10 students living in a<br />

smokefree home (ASH)<br />

55% 60% 65% 70%<br />

Immunisation<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

% Childhood Immunisation<br />

Coverage at 24 months – Māori<br />

(NIR*)<br />

70% 75% 80% 85%<br />

% Childhood Immunisation<br />

Coverage at 24 months – Total<br />

(NIR*)<br />

% seasonal influenza coverage –<br />

Total (PPP)<br />

% seasonal influenza coverage –<br />

High needs (PPP)<br />

80% 83% 86% 89%<br />

55% 56% 57% 58%<br />

60% 61% 62% 63%<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 29


Physical Activity and Nutrition<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

Full and exclusive breastfeeding at 75% 75% 76% 77%<br />

6 weeks – total (Plunket)<br />

Full and exclusive breastfeeding at 66% 68% 70% 72%<br />

6 weeks – Māori (Plunket)<br />

Full and exclusive breastfeeding at<br />

6 months – total (Plunket)<br />

35% 35% 36% 37%<br />

Full and exclusive breastfeeding at<br />

6 months – Māori (Plunket)<br />

25% 27% 29% 31%<br />

* figures are adjusted for WCDHB „eligible‟ population as Gloriavale Christian Community does not immunise.<br />

6 Deliverables / activities<br />

Implementation phase<br />

<br />

Alignment of the three organisations planning processes and joint planning in three<br />

priority areas (tobacco control/smokefree, immunisation, physical activity and nutrition).<br />

Year one<br />

Tobacco control/Smokefree:<br />

Implementing the ABC strategy –joint implementation of the ABC strategy to ensure<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

patients across community, primary and secondary care are provided with advice and<br />

support to quit.<br />

Smoking cessation services – including training of primary and secondary staff on brief<br />

advice (additional training will be provided to mental health workers, Māori providers,<br />

midwives and those working with youth), utilization of NRT and referrals onto specialist<br />

cessation services, a media campaign to promote smokefree lifestyles and cessation<br />

services and provision of a range of cessation services (including Coast Quit, ABC & NRT<br />

dispensing, Aukati kai Paipa, WCDHB Specialist Smoking Cessation Services, Quitline).<br />

Smokefree pregnancy – smoking cessation training will be provided to midwives<br />

throughout the district. A joint plan will be established to provide services specifically<br />

for this key target group (including a key focus on Aukati kai Paipa for Māori women).<br />

Māori Smokefree Initiatives – implementation of smokefree initiatives and health<br />

promotion through Aukati kai Paipa and Rata Te Awhina Trust. This will include other<br />

health promotion activities. Māori smokefree health promotion roopu continues to work<br />

together to reduce unacceptable Māori smoking rates on Tai Poutini.<br />

Reducing smoking initiation – joint health promotion initiatives will focus on increasing<br />

the percentage of year 10 students living in a smokefree home. The HPS programme will<br />

continue to support smokefree environments and strategies in West Coast schools.<br />

Smokefree Policies - training and support will be offered to WCDHB providers and<br />

selected workplaces.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 30


Improving immunisation coverage – health promotion strategies:<br />

Co-ordination of the Immunisation Advisory Group - continue to co-ordinate an<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Immunisation Advisory Group (includes Māori representation) to work strategically to<br />

increase immunisation coverage and work collaboratively to achieve this outcome.<br />

Seasonal Influenza – facilitation of a range of seasonal influenza health promotion<br />

activities such as primary care clinics, promotions in practices, promotional campaigns<br />

targeting the chronically ill and those aged 65 years and over, supermarket promotions<br />

and linking into the national campaign through radio advertisement, aquatic centre<br />

promotion and pharmacy flu bug themed promotions.<br />

Staff Seasonal Influenza Vaccination Programme – facilitation of the WCDHB and<br />

WCPHO staff seasonal influenza promotion (encouraging and educating staff on getting<br />

immunised). Supporting workplace staff to become immunised throughout the West<br />

Coast (for larger organisations such as Pike River Coal).<br />

Childhood Immunisations (including HPV):<br />

Improvement of the practice process for immunisation, particularly relating to providing<br />

timely recall information (using the long term conditions model of engagement and<br />

collaboration) and offering flexibility around clinic times.<br />

Ongoing promotion and implementation of the HPV programme in schools throughout the<br />

West Coast with a focus on promotion and uptake for Māori girls.<br />

Provision of immunisation education in antenatal classes.<br />

Health promoting schools framework used to promote immunisation services.<br />

Outreach Immunisation Services – continued provision of Outreach Immunisation<br />

Services with a focus on reducing inequalities in coverage for tamariki Māori and<br />

children in NZ Dep 9 and 10 areas (including by use of Māori staff).<br />

Training & Education – the ongoing provision of practice nurse training by the<br />

Immunisation Co-ordinator.<br />

Increase physical activity and improve nutrition:<br />

Breastfeeding Action - implement the Breastfeeding Action Plan (focus on<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

implementation of the Mum4Mum Peer Support programme, education of primary care<br />

and social service providers, antenatal education, creating and maintaining environments<br />

that support breastfeeding and professional development for maternity and well child<br />

staff).<br />

Māori Community Action - implement the Māori Community Action Plan that focuses on<br />

Māori communities being supported and assisted to devise and implement programmes<br />

that improve nutrition, increase physical activity and reduce chronic disease.<br />

Healthy Ageing Programme - this programme targets adults aged 65 years and over (and<br />

Māori aged 55 years and over) and focuses on improving nutrition, increasing physical<br />

activity and decreasing falls.<br />

Building Community Capability – implement programmes such as the Cooking Skills to Life<br />

Skills, Senior Chef, workplace wellness interventions and relevant physical activity<br />

programmes that use a skill-based model to build capability of community volunteers and<br />

at risk populations.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 31


Prevention & Early Intervention – co-ordination and facilitation of early intervention<br />

programmes (such as Green Prescription, Cooking Skills to Life Skills), information<br />

dissemination and education, creating social environments that support healthy eating<br />

and physical activity and provision of the Health Promoting Schools programme in West<br />

Coast schools.<br />

PHO specific deliverables – health promotion<br />

Men‟s health forums - focused on men‟s health issues including cardiovascular, mental<br />

health and urology issues. Men‟s engagement with the practices to reach „hard-to-reach‟<br />

males is a key focus of this campaign.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Whanau Ora Pai /Living Well Hui - targeted for West Coast Māori and focused on all<br />

aspects of healthy living in a culturally appropriate environment.<br />

Awareness week promotions - targeted on cervical screening, diabetes, mental health,<br />

breastfeeding, prostate cancer and men‟s health, cancer.<br />

Breastfeeding support - peer support programme, community promotions, breastfeeding<br />

friendly workplaces and cafés.<br />

As well as working on the above priority areas we also intend to:<br />

work together to reduce health inequalities<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

operate as a virtual single entity for the three key priority areas<br />

work under a common banner for health promotion 'Healthy West Coast'<br />

produce a common community health needs assessment<br />

have transparent funding streams for public health for the three key priority areas<br />

work to develop a common approach to evaluation and review the effectiveness of<br />

different types of programme<br />

share training across all workers within the three organisations.<br />

Year two:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

One joint plan covering all health promotion services that each organisation implements<br />

in addition to tobacco control, immunisation coverage, physical activity and nutrition.<br />

This will further enhance the virtual single entity and ensure the needs of the West<br />

Coast community are met.<br />

Review and revise outputs and outcomes for the tobacco control/smokefree,<br />

immunisation coverage and physical activity and nutrition plans.<br />

Re-allocate funding to programmes/activities which have been shown to be more<br />

effective by appropriate evaluation.<br />

Transfer responsibility for programmes/activities to those organisation best placed to<br />

deliver them.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 32


Year three<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Continued joint planning by each organisation with one plan covering all health promotion<br />

services.<br />

Enhanced collaboration between the three organisations.<br />

Fully functional virtual single operating entity where each organisation WCPHO, WCDHB<br />

and CPH work together to create a “Healthy West Coast”.<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

Between the three organisations, the West Coast has a small but strong health promotion<br />

workforce. This workforce is strongly supported by a range of clinicians including general<br />

practice teams, pharmacies, rural nurse specialists, practice nurses and so on. General practices<br />

and pharmacies are actively engaged in health promotion campaigns and provision of health<br />

promotion resources.<br />

West Coast PHO<br />

The West Coast PHO has a small but strong health promotion workforce with 0.5 Full Time<br />

Equivalent (FTE) Health Promoter and 1 FTE Active Communities Co-ordinator that are<br />

supported by the Clinical Manager. The Coast Quit programme is implemented by GP‟s, practice<br />

nurses, rural nurse specialists and three pharmacies.<br />

West Coast DHB<br />

Tobacco Control/Smokefree - the 1 FTE Regional Smokefree Co-ordinator is based within the<br />

Planning & Funding team and smoking cessation services and clinical training a delivered within<br />

the hospital setting by the Smoking Cessation practitioners (1 FTE total).<br />

Physical Activity and Nutrition - the Healthy Eating Healthy Action (HEHA) team is based<br />

within Planning & Funding and consists of 2.5 FTE of HEHA co-ordinators that work across the<br />

nutrition and physical activity areas and 1 FTE HEHA manager that works across the West<br />

Coast and Canterbury DHBs.<br />

Immunuisation - Outreach Immunisation co-ordinators (1 FTE total – 0.4 clinical, 0.6 Māori coordination),<br />

HPV co-ordinator (0.4 FTE), Public Health Nurses, Immunisation co-ordinator (0.6<br />

FTE).<br />

Community & Public Health<br />

Tobacco Control/Smokefree - Aukati Kai Paipa 1.0 FTE, Māori Smoking Health Promoter 0.4<br />

FTE, Smokefree Health Promoter 0.5 FTE, Smokefree Environment Compliance 0.2 FTE.<br />

Immunuisation - Youth Health Promoter 0.2 FTE, Health Protection Officer 0.2 FTE, Public<br />

Health Specialist 0.1 FTE.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 33


Physical Activity and Nutrition - Community Dietician 0.5 FTE, Health Promoting Schools 0.2<br />

FTE, Health Promoter Physical Activity 0.3 FTE.<br />

This team is managed and supported by the Medical Officer of Health, Regional Manager and<br />

Team Leader. Support is also provided through Canterbury-based staff particularly around<br />

research and evaluation<br />

8 Effect on inequalities<br />

All projects implemented by the three organisations are based around the Ministry of Health<br />

key target areas, as well as areas identified in a West Coast Health Needs Assessment and<br />

Māori Health Needs Profile 2008, which identified areas of concern. At the core of this work<br />

is our belief that health inequity is unacceptable and all West Coasters are entitled to be as<br />

healthy as they can be regardless of ethnicity or socio-economic status.<br />

Projects worked on are evidenced based to show their effectiveness, or developed with a strong<br />

evaluative component to measure effectiveness. They are also designed with community input<br />

taking into account the principles of the Treaty of Waitangi and the requirements of involving<br />

Māori in all aspects of planning and implementation processes. West Coast Māori experience<br />

inequalities in their health status and as such each of the three components of this initiative<br />

has a key focus on improving the health of Māori and „keeping whanau well‟. The General<br />

Manager of Māori Health is a key member of the Healthy West Coast Governance Group. In<br />

addition it is anticipated that the Healthy West Coast Governance group will receive advice<br />

from Māori involved in the health sector regarding appropriate ways to engage Māori with<br />

health education and health promotion messages<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

The three organisations have been working closely in planning and delivery for the last three<br />

years. It is our understanding that this joint planning and sharing of information does not take<br />

place in other areas and in fact there is often competition and conflict between District Health<br />

Boards, <strong>Primary</strong> Health Organisations and Public Health Units. This initiative is unique in its<br />

approach to collaborative planning and implementation of strategies between the three<br />

organisations and provides value for money.<br />

We consider this project to be a pilot and evidence of its effectiveness will be gathered over<br />

the course of the implementation.<br />

The following PHO programmes have been evaluated over the last three years (evaluations have<br />

all been positive and suggested continuation or expansions of the programmes with suggestions<br />

for improvement 31 ): and full version are available on request:<br />

31 Copies of the full evaluation reports are available on request<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 34


extending health promotion activities into medical centres and pharmacies<br />

smoking cessation<br />

Mum4Mum breastfeeding peer support programme<br />

men‟s health events.<br />

An evaluation into the effectiveness of school-based edible gardens in achieving HEHA<br />

outcomes is currently underway. The final results of this evaluation will be available in May<br />

2011.<br />

An evaluation of the Appetite for Life programme was also completed in 2008 which<br />

demonstrated positive outcomes for participants (copy available on request).<br />

An evaluation of the Rata Ahuahi Kore project is also underway and evaluation of the<br />

implementation of the first phase will be completed in March 2010. A further report on<br />

progress and impacts of the second phase will be available by the end of 2010.<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Further reduction in<br />

public health and<br />

health promotion<br />

funding<br />

Workforce –<br />

recruitment and<br />

retention of<br />

appropriately<br />

qualified staff<br />

Shifting government<br />

priorities<br />

Mainstream<br />

approaches are<br />

ineffective in<br />

reaching Māori<br />

Medium High Review of health promotion focus<br />

areas (potential reduction in key<br />

priorities and areas of<br />

implementation).<br />

High High Refer to the recruitment and<br />

retention workstream of this business<br />

case.<br />

Medium High As above, the health promotion focus<br />

areas will be reviewed and potentially<br />

reduced depending on government<br />

priorities.<br />

Low to<br />

medium<br />

High<br />

Ensure Māori are involved from the<br />

beginning and that Māori health<br />

inequalities are addressed through a<br />

strong cooperative commitment to<br />

improving Māori health .<br />

11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan: Healthy West Coast Governance Group (comprised of<br />

representatives from the West Coast PHO, West Coast DHB and Community & Public Health).<br />

Other clinicians involved: The West Coast Medical Officer of Health is a member of the<br />

Healthy West Coast Governance Group.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 35


Networks/Groups: Active West Coast Network (Network of health promotion staff from a<br />

range of government departments and NGOs), Immunisation Advisory Group.<br />

12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

The accountability for this initiative is with the members of the Healthy West Coast<br />

Governance Group that includes:<br />

• Wayne Turp, General Manager - Planning & Funding, West Coast DHB<br />

• Gary Coghlan, General Manager - Māori Health, West Coast DHB<br />

• Cheryl Brunton, Medical Officer of Health/Public Health Specialist<br />

• Jocelyn Tracey, Acting CEO, West Coast PHO<br />

• Helen Reriti, Clinical Manager, West Coast PHO<br />

• Kim Sinclair, HEHA Manager, West Coast DHB<br />

• Derek Benfield, Regional Manager, Community & Public Health<br />

• Jem Pupich, Team Leader, Community & Public Health<br />

• Heather Muir, Regional Smokefree Co-ordinator<br />

This Governance Group will continue to oversee and retain the accountabilities for this project<br />

in the short and long term. As specified in the Terms of Reference for the Healthy West Coast<br />

Governance Group will act in a joint advisory capacity to the organisations represented, but will<br />

not have final decision making capacity except when mutually agreed by all of the agencies<br />

represented.<br />

13 Costs<br />

The following tables indicate the funders and providers of health promotion services in the<br />

tobacco control/smokefree, immunisation and physical activity and nutrition areas.<br />

Tobacco Control / Smokefree<br />

Funder<br />

Provider<br />

Activity<br />

WCDHB MOH (via CDHB) WCDHB WCPHO CPH<br />

Smokefree DHB regional co-ordination $85,000 $85,000<br />

Smoking cessation $89,500 $81,000 $8,500<br />

NRT $100,197 $100,197<br />

Aukati Kai Paipa $65,000 $65,000<br />

Māori Smokefree $25,000 $25,000<br />

Smokefree Compliance $11,000 $11,000<br />

Smokefree Projects $6,000 $6,000<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 36


Immunisation Coverage<br />

Funder<br />

Provider<br />

Activity<br />

WCDHB MOH (via CDHB) WCDHB WCPHO CPH<br />

Immunisation Co-ordination $78,666 $78,666<br />

HPV $169,527 $169,527<br />

NIR Administration $65,780 $65,780<br />

Health Protection $13,000 $13,000<br />

Public Health Specialist $18,000 $18,000<br />

Youth Health Promotion $12,000 $12,000<br />

Health Promotion Infrastructure $10,000 $10,000<br />

Physical Activity & Nutrition<br />

Funder<br />

Provider<br />

Activity<br />

WCDHB MOH (via CDHB) WCDHB WCPHO CPH NGO<br />

HEHA Leadership and<br />

$142,160 $142,160<br />

Co-ordination<br />

HEHA Breastfeeding $113,174 $26,674 $86,500<br />

Māori Community Action $128,000 $45,000 $83,000<br />

HEHA Information<br />

$12,000 $5,000 $5,000<br />

dissemination<br />

Older Persons HEHA & Falls $85,000 $85,000<br />

Prevention<br />

Cooking Skills to Life Skills $10,000 $10,000<br />

Green Prescription $16,728 $16,728 *<br />

Health Promotion<br />

$41,000 $41,000<br />

Infrastructure<br />

Community Dietetics $36,000 $36,000<br />

Health Promoting Schools $12,000 $12,000<br />

Health Promoter – Physical<br />

$18,000 $18,000<br />

Activity<br />

Project Funding $5,000 $5,000<br />

*Plus an additional SPARC contract of $14,440.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 37


Appendix Five: Long term conditions<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

Every patient with a long term condition will have the clinical care and support they need to<br />

achieve good health outcomes.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

The West Coast Long Term Conditions (LTC) Management Strategy was developed in 2006 by<br />

the West Coast District Health Board i(WCDHB) in collaboration with the West Coast <strong>Primary</strong><br />

Health Organisation (WCPHO), Community & Public Health (CPH) (the local public health<br />

provider), NGOs and Māori and consumer representation. This strategy is underpinned by<br />

Wagner‟s Chronic <strong>Care</strong> Model 32 and the Continuum of <strong>Care</strong> approach. The LTC Steering Group<br />

continues to meet regularly and oversees the implementation of the various aspects of the<br />

framework by each of the contributing organisations.<br />

As part of that strategy the PHO redesigned all its LTC programmes (<strong>Care</strong> Plus, Diabetes<br />

Annual Review, Cardiovascular Annual Reviews, Diabetes Self Management Education groups,<br />

Coast Quit smoking cessation) into one overall LTC management programme in 2008.<br />

Implementation of this programme began in 2009, assisted by Ministry of Health funding to use<br />

the Institute for Healthcare Improvement (IHI) Breakthrough Series 33 approach to quality<br />

improvement.<br />

This project builds on the work already done, particularly in regards to enhancing the<br />

integration of care for those with high complexity LTCs and to providing extra health navigation<br />

support services.<br />

3 Background and Problem definition<br />

DHB wide strategy<br />

The DHB strategy contains a framework that incorporates all DHB, primary care and NGO<br />

activity around LTCs and is updated on an annual basis to ensure that all groups are working<br />

32 Wagner EH. Chronic disease management: What will it take to improve care for chronic illness? Effective Clinical<br />

Practice. 1998;1:2-4<br />

33 Wagner - find Wagner E, Austin B, Davis C, Bonomi A., Provost L, McCulloch D, Carver P, Sixta C. Quality<br />

Improvement in Chronic Illness care: a Collaborative approach. J Q Improvement 2001; 27(2):63-80. 33<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 38


The<br />

Community<br />

Health<br />

System<br />

Delivery System<br />

Design<br />

Clinical<br />

Information<br />

Systems<br />

Equity in<br />

Health<br />

together to meet the health needs of the population. While full version of this runs to many<br />

pages, the key aspects are summarises in the following diagram:<br />

Chronic conditions management – the WCDHB<br />

framework,<br />

The Patient’s Journey<br />

Environment<br />

Healthy<br />

At Risk<br />

Acute<br />

Event<br />

Initial<br />

management<br />

Long term<br />

clinical and<br />

Self<br />

management<br />

End of Life<br />

<strong>Care</strong><br />

Healthy public<br />

policy and<br />

creation of<br />

supportive<br />

environments<br />

Non-italics=<br />

existing service<br />

Italics= proposed<br />

service<br />

Healthy<br />

Schools;<br />

Smoke free;<br />

HEHA:<br />

Community<br />

events;<br />

Breast feeding;<br />

Men‟s health;<br />

Green Rx;<br />

Health<br />

promoting<br />

practices<br />

CVD and<br />

diabetes<br />

screening,<br />

follow up<br />

for those at<br />

highest risk<br />

Smoking<br />

cessation<br />

Diagnosis,<br />

hospital<br />

admission<br />

Pre-hospital<br />

fibrinolysis<br />

Diabetes<br />

Pulmonary<br />

rehabilitation,<br />

Cardiac<br />

rehabilitation,<br />

Arthritis and<br />

diabetes<br />

education/<br />

support<br />

groups<br />

PHO LTC: Focus on,<br />

CVD, diabetes ,<br />

COPD: clinical and self<br />

management support<br />

<strong>Care</strong>Link and AT&R<br />

assessments and MDT<br />

review for more<br />

complex<br />

Cancer<br />

navigators<br />

Palliative<br />

care<br />

funding in<br />

primary<br />

care<br />

UNDERPINNED BY THE WEST COAST‟S 7 PILLARS OF CHRONIC CONDITIONS MANAGEMENT<br />

The PHO Long Term Conditions programme (as it is now)<br />

The programme is both based on the Wagner Chronic <strong>Care</strong> model 1 (self-management support,<br />

community support, delivery system redesign, clinical information systems and decision support)<br />

and the Kaiser Triangle stratified care approach 34 . The programme meets the National Health<br />

Committee‟s objectives 35 of providing effective chronic care management and co-ordination<br />

through using a population health approach to care delivery, based on level of need, both clinical<br />

need and need for self management support. There is a focus on those with conditions that are<br />

frequent or severe, and these are addressed by national evidence based clinical guidelines and<br />

are responsive to enhanced primary care management, and have outcomes that can be tracked<br />

over time to measure improvement (Cardiovascular Disease (CVD), Diabetes, and Chronic<br />

Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)).<br />

34 World Health Organisation Innovative <strong>Care</strong> for Chronic Conditions: Building Blocks for Action: Global Report 2002<br />

WHO document no. WHO/NMC/CCH/02.01.<br />

35 National Health Committee People with Long Term Conditions A Discussion Paper National Health Committee<br />

Wellington May 2005<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 39


The DHB and the Ministry of Health both approved the content of the LTC management<br />

programme in late 2008, including giving permission to allocate all LTC funds (Diabetes Annual<br />

Review, <strong>Care</strong> Plus, some Section J contract lines and some SIA funding) into a global budget for<br />

this programme.<br />

The programme is based on all patients with diabetes, CVD or COPD having an annual review<br />

from the time of diagnosis, and then based on their clinical condition and ability to self manage,<br />

a decision is made as to the level of care they require for the following year as shown in the<br />

diagram below:<br />

Patient enters system<br />

Package of care<br />

discussed<br />

with patient,<br />

package provided<br />

for following year<br />

Annual assessment<br />

carried out of<br />

patient's clinical<br />

condition & ability<br />

to self manage<br />

Decision made as to<br />

which level of<br />

care is most<br />

suitable for patient<br />

Patient may<br />

exit following<br />

annual<br />

assessment of<br />

care<br />

There are three packages of care, with increasing intensity and support as shown in the<br />

following three tables:<br />

Level One <strong>Care</strong>: Annual Reviews<br />

Patient LTC Diabetes ±<br />

Cardiovascular Disease<br />

(CVD)<br />

Target group<br />

Only CVD or<br />

Diabetes or<br />

COPD patients:<br />

Meets diagnostic<br />

criteria for diabetes.<br />

Assessed to be self<br />

managing well –<br />

informally or formally<br />

Cardiovascular<br />

Disease<br />

(If risk only, use CV<br />

Screening<br />

programme)<br />

Established<br />

cardiovascular<br />

disease<br />

Assessed to be self<br />

managing well<br />

Chronic Obstructive<br />

Pulmonary Disease<br />

(COPD)<br />

Confirmed diagnosis of<br />

COPD: Spirometry<br />

showing FEV 1 /FVC


Clinical care<br />

Practice self<br />

management<br />

support<br />

PHO/Community<br />

self care support<br />

Electronic clinical<br />

decision support<br />

Targets<br />

Annual review of clinical management by GP team according to national<br />

guidelines<br />

Recall for annual review and annual flu vaccination<br />

Plus ongoing usual clinical care<br />

Refer to CNSs and allied health as required<br />

My Shared Health Record 36 provided or updated at annual review, used<br />

at all consultations, smoking cessation (Coast Quit programme) if<br />

required<br />

Referral to Diabetes self management group, cooking skills for life,<br />

Living a Healthy Life, Kaiawhina, community support groups, green<br />

prescription, pharmacist support<br />

Diabetes advanced EDGE CVD form COPD Advanced form<br />

form (this includes<br />

CVD)<br />

National Practice Performance Programme (PMP) targets for Diabetes<br />

and CVD<br />

15% current smokers and 85% flu recall for COPD<br />

Numbers Enroll all COPD, CV Disease and Diabetes pts – estimated number 2000<br />

Level Two <strong>Care</strong>: Annual reviews and quarterly follow-up to support self management<br />

LTC Diabetes CVD COPD Other<br />

Patient will benefit from extra level of care<br />

Patient gives consent<br />

Capped numbers for each practice<br />

Target group<br />

<strong>New</strong> diagnosis of<br />

diabetes OR<br />

HbA1c> 8<br />

AND/ OR<br />

Flinders PIH<br />

assessment shows<br />

person is not self<br />

managing well<br />

<strong>New</strong> diagnosis of<br />

CVD OR<br />

BP>150/90<br />

TC >6mmol/l<br />

Worsening<br />

symptoms<br />

AND/OR<br />

high Flinders<br />

Score<br />

<strong>New</strong> diagnosis OR<br />

FVC 1 < 60%<br />

(moderate –<br />

severe COPD)<br />

Smoker<br />

AND/OR high<br />

Flinders score<br />

Two or more<br />

long term<br />

conditions<br />

(but not<br />

COPD, CVD or<br />

Diabetes)<br />

AND<br />

High Flinders<br />

score<br />

Clinical care<br />

Practice Self<br />

Management<br />

Support<br />

Quarterly half hour reviews by GP Team of clinical management according<br />

to national guidelines<br />

Recall for quarterly appointments and annual influenza vaccination<br />

Timing to coincide with need for regular script<br />

Focus on continuity of care – same provider for regular visits<br />

Other care as required<br />

Refer to clinical nurse specialist and allied health as required<br />

My Shared Health Record developed at annual review, used at all<br />

consultations, Full Flinders assessment, smoking cessation (Coast Quit<br />

programme),<br />

referral as required to PHO Mental Health Programme<br />

36 This includes goal setting, medication card, list of health problems, educational material<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 41


PHO/Community<br />

self care<br />

support<br />

Electronic<br />

clinical decision<br />

support<br />

Targets<br />

Referral to Diabetes SME group, cooking skills for life, Living a Health<br />

Life, Kaiawhina, community support groups, green prescription, pulmonary<br />

or cardiac rehabilitation, pharmacist support<br />

Diabetes form<br />

Flinders<br />

Questionnaire<br />

National PMP<br />

targets<br />

EDGE CVD form<br />

Flinders<br />

Questionnaire<br />

National PMP<br />

targets<br />

COPD Advanced<br />

form<br />

Flinders<br />

Questionnaire<br />

15 % smokers<br />

85% flu<br />

vaccination<br />

Flinders<br />

Questionnaire<br />

Decrease in<br />

Flinders<br />

score<br />

Capped numbers Capped at 950 across whole PHO Cap of 25%<br />

of 950<br />

Level Three <strong>Care</strong>: Integration (level two care, plus the following)<br />

Patient with long term conditions – not managing, clinical Patient with long term<br />

problems (+/- social problems)<br />

conditions – not managing<br />

well due to social problems<br />

Assessed by GP: Needs level 3 Long Term Conditions <strong>Care</strong><br />

Refer for inpatient AT&R<br />

assessment<br />

Referred to <strong>Care</strong> link<br />

asking for AT&R<br />

assessment<br />

Referred to <strong>Care</strong> link asking<br />

for NASC assessment<br />

Has AT&R assessment – inpatient or outpatient<br />

Has NASC assessment by<br />

needs assessor<br />

Plan written<br />

Referrals to allied health, mental health, secondary care (physicians, nurse specialists),<br />

pharmacy medication utilization reviews, home care, community support groups, as required<br />

Copy of plan to GP<br />

Followed up by AT&R nurse in community<br />

Followed by <strong>Care</strong> Link<br />

service co-ordinator<br />

3 monthly reports to GP, until discharge from ongoing co-ordination<br />

Practice puts patient onto level 3 LTC care<br />

Receives funding for extra hour of GP time and extra hour of nurse time for either<br />

quarterly 30 minute GP assessments or quarterly 15 minute assessments plus home visit<br />

Full Flinders assessment with quarterly follow up by nurse and My Shared Health Record<br />

Funding available for GP or nurse to participate in case conference with AT&R nurse or <strong>Care</strong><br />

Link service coordinator or clinical nurse specialist<br />

At one year GP reassesses and decides whether :<br />

- Goes back to Level 2 care<br />

- Or continues on Level 3 with ongoing service integration/AT&R nurse<br />

- Or continues on Level 3 and referred for another AT&R or NASC assessment<br />

Capped at 190 patients each year for the whole PHO<br />

Implementation of the programme has gone well in 2009 using the IHI Breakthrough Series<br />

methodology. A recent evaluation 37 of the implementation showed high acceptance by practices<br />

37 North D, Tracey J. Evaluation of the IHI Breakthrough Series Project for West Coast PHO. Jan 2010.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 42


and increases in the numbers of patients with LTCs managed in a proactive and planned manner<br />

as shown in the following table:<br />

Enrolment Comparisons<br />

December 2008 December 2009<br />

<strong>Care</strong> Plus enrolments 51% 80%<br />

Level 1 enrolments 0 1061<br />

Level 2 enrolments 0 300<br />

Level 3 enrolments 0 27<br />

COPD enrolments 0 74<br />

CVD annual reviews 558 675<br />

Diabetes annual reviews 55 Māori reviewed<br />

35% Māori smoking<br />

61 Māori reviewed<br />

26% Māori smoking<br />

Cardiovascular risk and diabetes screening<br />

Active screening is in place for both cardiovascular risk and for diabetes, with follow-up<br />

management and support. The programme can profile and monitor cardiovascular risk<br />

assessments where people have a greater than 15% risk of having a cardiovascular event within<br />

the next 5 years. These identified patients are closely followed up with interventions to reduce<br />

their risk, and provide patients with the individual supports they require for self management<br />

and risk reduction.<br />

Cancer navigators<br />

The PHO has had pilot funding from the Ministry of Health to provide a Cancer Lay Navigator<br />

service for three years, finishing in June 2010. Programme evaluation reports have shown that<br />

the navigators have developed excellent skills in supporting predominantly low socio-economic<br />

and Māori people to access the health care and social support systems they need in order for<br />

their condition to be appropriately managed. There is growing international support for the use<br />

of lay navigators to support patients with LTCs 38 and opportunity to expand the role of this<br />

workforce to include LTCM.<br />

Clinical nurse specialists and allied health<br />

The clinical nurse specialist‟s are experienced clinicians in their respective fields of cardiac,<br />

respiratory, diabetes, oncology, urology, palliative care and AT&R. This specialised group of<br />

nurses provide clinical management to people with sometimes very complex needs. Some nurses<br />

work across two specialty areas like cardiac and respiratory which proves as a great advantage<br />

to continuity of care and management of these patients.<br />

38 Improving access to cardiac care report: http://www.libin.ucalgary.ca/documents/news/Libin-2008-07-23.pdf . accessed 14<br />

Jan 2010<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 43


Each provides support and education to clinicians within primary and secondary settings, as well<br />

as education and self management support to patients within the hospital and home settings,<br />

some examples are:<br />

Breathe easy groups have been happening sporadically according to staff resourcing cardiac<br />

rehabilitation have two formal programmes:<br />

phase 2 cardiac rehabilitation, a six week outpatient programme based at the DHB<br />

physio gym in Greymouth and a modified programme at Buller hospitals<br />

Heart Guide Aotearoa, a home based programme designed to improve access to<br />

rehabilitation for West Coasters.<br />

Allied health comprises physiotherapy, occupational therapy, social work, dietician, speech<br />

language therapy, all with work components crossing secondary and primary care. These<br />

services are utilized within all levels of care as required, preferably sooner than later within the<br />

patient journey, this will ensure patient and family supports are put in place earlier before crisis<br />

point is hit.<br />

Pharmacist support<br />

This is related to levels of care, people would tend to move to more „intensive‟ care over time.<br />

Patients managing well – prescription dispensing, brief counseling/education as medicines<br />

added or adjusted, eg. take with food, side effects to watch for, inhaler/spacer<br />

technique, self care cards, adherence support, referral onto other team members as<br />

required.<br />

Supporting self management – as above but likely to be seen more often as receiving<br />

more medicines and more presentations to pharmacy, increased likelihood of<br />

medicines-related problems, medication reviews, compliance aid provision as necessary.<br />

Integration – as above, likely weekly compliance packaging – picked up or delivered to<br />

home or sometimes district nursing, reminders to visit GP for 3 monthly prescription,<br />

liaison with hospital and GP practice at discharge, follow-up if (blister-packed)<br />

medications not collected. Scope for comprehensive medication review at this level.<br />

General support – pharmacists are involved with various support groups, eg. cardiac and<br />

respiratory as speakers and are accessible to those with questions, presenting for Over<br />

The Counter (OTC) products or wanting their weight or blood pressure measured.<br />

Smoking cessation services are offered. People are referred as necessary, eg. to<br />

diabetes nurse specialist or general practice team.<br />

Ambulatory sensitive hospitalisations for those aged 45–64 are helpful in indicating whether<br />

LTC management is keeping people out of hospital. 39<br />

39 Included are angina, MI, CHF, pneumonia, asthma, diabetes, stroke, epilepsy<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 44


Ambulatory Sensitive Hospitalisation ISDR - ages 45 to 64 years (12 months to 30 Sep 2009)<br />

Indirectly Standardised Discharge Rate per 1,000<br />

Māori Pacific peoples Other<br />

West Coast Actual ASH rate 8 n/a 152<br />

ISDR value for Year to Date 35.1 n/a 90.4<br />

West Coast DHB overall total discharge rates per 1000 for ambulatory sensitive<br />

hospitalisations, while below the average of 100, does not vary significantly from the overall<br />

national rates at the 99% confidence interval.<br />

Current issues<br />

Areas where there is still room for improvement include:<br />

total numbers of patients enrolled in LTC<br />

percentage of patients meeting clinical KPIs, e.. target lipid, BP, HbA1c levels<br />

closing of inequality gaps, eg. smoking levels<br />

integration of care for Level 3 patients (who have high hospitalisation rates), with a<br />

focus on preventing acute exacerbations and avoiding hospital admissions<br />

more support for those Level 3 patients who have difficulty accessing the health and<br />

social systems and would benefit from kaiawhina and/or health navigator assistance<br />

closer co-ordination and greater consistency of care between clinical nurse specialists<br />

(CNS) and medical centres and allied health and medical centres<br />

more support for patients self care is required .<br />

4 Objectives<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

To increase implementation of the programme so that over 70% of all patients with<br />

COPD, CVD and/or diabetes have an annual review followed by a timely package of care<br />

appropriate for their level of need.<br />

Development of a Māori team within each Integrated Family Health Centre (IFHC) who<br />

will focus on improving access and health outcomes for Māori.<br />

To review the management of Level 3 patients and enhance the integration between<br />

general practice care and AT&R, <strong>Care</strong> Link and nurse specialist care and allied heath.<br />

To enable and empower people in the community to obtain process and understand health<br />

information and services needed to make appropriate decisions about their health.<br />

To develop health navigator support services for Level 3 patients who have difficulty<br />

accessing health care and social services.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 45


To better integrate the support provided to patients by CNSs, allied health and medical<br />

centres, eg. through better communication and information sharing.<br />

To link with the activities described in the health promotion workstream.<br />

5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

% <strong>Care</strong> Plus enrolments 80% 83% 85% 88%<br />

Numbers in level 1, 2, 3<br />

All<br />

Māori<br />

1061/300/27<br />

35/24/2<br />

% estimated CVD coded* All 21.5%<br />

Māori 25%<br />

% estimated diabetes coded* All 69%<br />

Māori 72%<br />

1410/500/80<br />

75/45/6<br />

70%<br />

70%<br />

73%<br />

74%<br />

1880/750/120<br />

100/65/12<br />

80%<br />

80%<br />

77%<br />

77%<br />

2000/950/190<br />

150/75/15<br />

90%<br />

90%<br />

80%<br />

80%<br />

% diabetes (coded) annual reviews* All 57% 65% 75% 80%<br />

% of diabetes reviews with retinal All 73% >85% >85% >85%<br />

screening<br />

Māori 67%<br />

Number CVD annual reviews YTD All 577<br />

Māori 28<br />

Number COPD annual reviews All 75<br />

Māori 4<br />

% eligible popn screened for CV<br />

risk/diabetes*<br />

All 33%<br />

Māori 31%<br />

627<br />

35<br />

200<br />

30<br />

51%<br />

51%<br />

677<br />

40<br />

300<br />

45<br />

65%<br />

65%<br />

720<br />

45<br />

400<br />

60<br />

80%<br />

80%<br />

No. pharmacy medication reviews 0 100 200 300<br />

% of those hospitalised with angina 49% 55% 62% 70%<br />

or MI receiving cardiac<br />

rehabilitation 79 YTD to Sept 09<br />

% of those hospitalised with COPD 0 20% 30% 40%<br />

receiving pulmonary rehabilitation<br />

% patients admitted who are<br />

offered smoking cessation<br />

support*<br />

70% 75% 80% 85%<br />

Outcome measures – for all and for Māori<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

% diabetes HbA1c80%<br />

80%<br />

70%<br />

70%<br />

% CVD LDL


% CVD on lipid lowering drugs,<br />

beta blockers<br />

ACE<br />

aspirin*<br />

% diabetes with microalbuminuria<br />

on ACE*<br />

Māori 67% 70% 75% 80%<br />

73%<br />

49%<br />

49%<br />

73%<br />

All 84%<br />

Māori 89%<br />

80%<br />

55%<br />

55%<br />

80%<br />

86%<br />

89%<br />

85%<br />

65%<br />

65%<br />

85%<br />

88%<br />

90%<br />

90%<br />

70%<br />

70%<br />

90%<br />

90%<br />

90%<br />

% COPD on flu recall All 84% 86% 88% 90%<br />

% COPD not smoking All 73% 77% 81% 85%<br />

Average number exacerbations in 2.6 2.4 2.2 2<br />

last year/patient<br />

% decrease in Flinders score TBC<br />

LTC ASH rates: ISDR (aged 45-<br />

64yrs) includes: Diabetes, MI/angina,<br />

Pneumonia, CHF, Stroke<br />

90.4 89 87.5 85<br />

*Current or proposed PHO Performance Programme indicators and National Health targets<br />

6 Deliverables / activities<br />

Implementation plan: to June 30<br />

Increase participation:<br />

<br />

<br />

continue to employ a practice nurse facilitator to support practices to identify and enrol<br />

new patients into LTCM<br />

assist practices to adopt texting or use of Dr Info IT package for recalls.<br />

Level 3:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

review the implementation of level 3 care to date<br />

work with AT&R and <strong>Care</strong> Link, specialist nurses and allied health to develop processes<br />

to increase co-ordination and integration with primary care in a case management style<br />

approach within the IFHC environment, (overlap with workstream on community based<br />

nursing and allied health integration)<br />

implementation of regular meetings with cardiac, respiratory, diabetes nurse specialists<br />

within practice teams to plan level 3 patient care/management.<br />

Discharge planning:<br />

This is a stand-alone project being managed by the DHB Patient Journey Improvement<br />

Co-ordinator that aims to provide advice around service changes and identify opportunities to<br />

enhance discharge planning processes at WCDHB. It will be completed by June 2010 and<br />

encompasses the following objectives:<br />

<br />

Provide advice on clinical service and business process changes related to discharge<br />

planning to enhance outcomes and efficiencies.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 47


Participate in the development and review of change proposals to improve discharge<br />

planning across the continuum of care, including examination of models of good practice<br />

which exist elsewhere, and support implementation of changes.<br />

Undertake consultation with staff groups being represented by members to ensure that<br />

all those involved in the discharge planning process are adequately engaged in the<br />

development and implementation of service changes.<br />

Promote internal and external multi disciplinary team working and communication.<br />

Promote continuous improvement of discharge planning activities to all staff.<br />

Self management/health literacy support:<br />

group diabetes self management programme: 4 sessions per year<br />

continue support for and referrals to Arthritis Foundation group self management<br />

support programme<br />

develop data analysis and reporting systems for measuring changes in Flinders self<br />

management score, produce first reports<br />

training session for health providers on health literacy<br />

publicise health navigator patient self management website – for providers and<br />

community, eg. pamphlet in prescription bags<br />

create link to Community & Public Health website on PHO website<br />

restart pulmonary rehabilitation programme, and create referral pathways from Green<br />

prescription<br />

increase referrals to other NGOs providing educational support<br />

support pharmacist to complete accreditation for medication utilization reviews<br />

develop a whanau focused approach to health literacy and self management.<br />

Year one<br />

Link PHO LTCM programme in with relevant HealthPathways<br />

Implement IT support for integration:<br />

create health views link from all practice and outpatients, wards and hospital pharmacy<br />

link into MedTech<br />

investigate use of shared electronic record.<br />

Medication reviews:<br />

develop funding stream for medications utilization reviews done by hospital and<br />

community pharmacies.<br />

Māori health team:<br />

develop a dedicated team that includes a Māori nurse and kaiawhina to build and<br />

strengthen relationships across the health care sector and with a key focus on the<br />

disengaged and hard to reach Māori within the West Coast community.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 48


Health navigators/ kaiawhina:<br />

change cancer navigator processes and criteria to include helping those with LTCs<br />

provide training in LTCs for health navigators and kaiawhina<br />

health literacy training for kaiawhina/navigators<br />

align health navigators and kaiawhina with IFHCs<br />

refine patient pathways between navigators/kaiawhina, in close relationship with Māori<br />

nurses within the IFHCs<br />

develop and implement pathway to follow-up frequent LTC emergency department (ED)<br />

attendees/admissions so that they understand how to access and navigate the primary<br />

care system.<br />

Self management/health literacy support:<br />

scope MedTech Manage my Health portal as a tool to improve self management<br />

review transport issues and develop plan to address these.<br />

Integrated community nursing and allied health in IFHCs:<br />

regular multidisciplinary meetings with clinical nurse specialist and allied health<br />

placing of CNS and allied health in IFHCs<br />

investigate use of shared electronic record.<br />

Decreasing repeat attendances at ED for LTC patients:<br />

work with ED to create a pathway to refer these people to either CNSs, health<br />

navigators or core general practice team.<br />

<strong>Care</strong> Link integration (see Appendix Eleven: Frail older people for more information)<br />

InterRAI assessments done in IFHCs/practices<br />

include <strong>Care</strong> Link in MDT meetings in IFHCs<br />

align LTC and frail elderly pathways.<br />

Data and reporting:<br />

review prevalence estimates and Read coding for West Coast, particularly for COPD<br />

review appropriateness of reports provided to IFHCs<br />

Year two<br />

more integrated community nursing and allied health working in IFHCs, (see EOI<br />

community and allied workstream plan)<br />

packages of care for patients with deteriorating medical condition/social situation,<br />

enabling faster access to a greater range of home/community support services.<br />

Year three<br />

review outputs, outcomes and the implementation of this plan, revise this plan as<br />

required.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 49


7 Capability and capacity<br />

The PHO currently has strong capability to design and implement LTC programmes: the clinical<br />

advisor teaches the LTC Management Postgraduate Certificate at the University of Otago, the<br />

Nurse Clinical Manager has a strong focus on LTCs and the LTCM practice facilitator is an<br />

experienced practice nurse.<br />

The current cancer navigators have highly developed skills in their role, and as of late 2010 will<br />

broaden their focus from cancer alone to cancer and LTCs. This will require both extra training<br />

and a stronger focus on the high needs population of the West Coast.<br />

Hospital based community nurses key focus is care of people within the community, with closer<br />

integration and co-ordination with practice teams this can only improve services and care to<br />

patients and families.<br />

8 Effect on inequalities<br />

Already the focus on LTCM has made considerable difference to inequalities in management and<br />

health outcomes for diabetes (see 2008 Diabetes Annual Review report).<br />

By reporting on differences by ethnicity at the practice level there is encouragement to work<br />

towards further reduction in inequalities.<br />

A dedicated Māori health team, addressing inequalities through better links and communication<br />

with all health care providers whilst helping Māori people on their health care journey. This is<br />

about engagement (face to face) at the right time from the right people, fostering relationships<br />

and promoting trust.<br />

The PHO is working with Rata Te Awhina in regards to support a whanau ora approach that will<br />

co-ordinate screening for cardiovascular risk and ensure patients with high CV risk, CVD,<br />

Diabetes or COPD are given free vouchers for annual reviews with their GP.<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

The programme is both based on the Wagner Chronic <strong>Care</strong> Model 1 (self management support,<br />

community support, delivery system redesign, clinical information systems and decision support)<br />

and the Kaiser Triangle stratified care approach 40 . The Programme meets the National Health<br />

40 World Health Organisation Innovative <strong>Care</strong> for Chronic Conditions: Building Blocks for Action: Global Report 2002<br />

WHO document no. WHO/NMC/CCH/02.01.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 50


Committee‟s objectives 41 of providing effective chronic care management and co-ordination<br />

through using a population health approach to care delivery, based on level of need, both clinical<br />

need and need for self-management support.<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Potential reduction in funding<br />

for LTC programme<br />

Medium High Clear communication with key<br />

stakeholders regarding necessity<br />

for ongoing funding<br />

Enrolments in LTC do not<br />

increase as expected<br />

Medium High Address workforce issues; see<br />

plans for Core General Practice<br />

Redesign and Workforce<br />

When community services<br />

move into IFHCs demand is<br />

too great<br />

Develop patient pathways and<br />

target criteria<br />

11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan: WCDHB LTC steering group: Helen Reriti RN, Peter<br />

McIntosh (Funding and Planning, DHB), Jem Pupich (Community and Public Health), Dr Cheryl<br />

Brunton, Lisa Smith CNS, Maureen Frankpitt RN, Kim Sinclair (HEHA), Barbara Beckford<br />

(Consumer rep), Gary Coghlan (GM Māori), Dr Jocelyn Tracey<br />

Plus Robyn McLachlan (<strong>Care</strong> Link), Danielle Smith (Cancer navigator), Janette Anderson (DHB<br />

Physio), Dr Carol Atmore, Community pharmacists.<br />

This plan has been reviewed and amended by PHO Clinical Governance Group and DHB <strong>Primary</strong><br />

secondary liaison group.<br />

12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

The DHB LTC steering group will continue to oversee the implementation of this plan. Changes<br />

in organisational accountability are covered in the Service Delivery design aspect of the<br />

business case.<br />

13 Budget considerations<br />

The PHO LTC budget has been modified to include cancer navigators.<br />

Secondary care budgets are assumed unchanged at this stage.<br />

41 National Health Committee People with Long Term Conditions A Discussion Paper National Health Committee<br />

Wellington May 2005<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 51


Appendix Six: Integration - DHB community based services<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

West Coasters with complex health needs will receive co-ordinated and consistent care from<br />

their health providers working together as an integrated health team.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

This project establishes integrated health teams inclusive of general practice based primary<br />

health practitioners and non general practice based community health nurses 42 and allied health<br />

staff, to ensure the provision of integrated and co-ordinated multi disciplinary care and a<br />

holistic approach to meeting the populations' needs.<br />

3 Problem definition<br />

Traditional medical centres, or general practices, care for their enrolled populations. Some of<br />

those same patients are cared for by district nurses, and other community based nursing and<br />

allied health professionals, both as hospital inpatients and post discharge, sometime for an<br />

extended time period. But the two systems of care are not routinely or systematically well<br />

connected together. They operate to a large extent as parallel systems of care. When the two<br />

systems do intersect, it may be purposeful, eg. a GP refers a patient to district nursing, or it<br />

may occur by accident, eg. one individual is employed as both a practice nurse and a clinical nurse<br />

specialist, or a district nurse and a GP happen to know each other and have a working<br />

relationship. This work stream aims to better connect these two significant health care<br />

workforces, and to do so systematically and fundamentally, to ensure patients will benefit from<br />

co-ordinated and consistent care.<br />

Key issues identified as a result are:<br />

Lack of co-ordination of care across the different systems of care and difficulties for<br />

the patient navigating through the system:<br />

- communication gaps between primary and secondary health providers (referral,<br />

discharge, treatment)<br />

- duplication of care, and consequent unnecessary costs<br />

42 "community health nurses" is defined broadly; it is taken to include: district nurses, public health nurses, rural nurse<br />

specialists, neighbourhood nurses, immunisation coordination & outreach nurses, Well Child & Plunket nurses and clinical<br />

nurse specialists (cardiology, respiratory, oncology, palliative, diabetes etc)<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 52


- lack of consistency of care between providers; inconsistent information given to<br />

patients by different providers<br />

Inequalities in health outcomes:<br />

- poorer health status for Māori and deprived populations through lower access<br />

rates to services<br />

Lack of continuity of care:<br />

- seeing a different health provider each visit<br />

- lack of a single patient record system across health care providers<br />

- providers working in silos and not „joining up‟ episodes of care.<br />

Problems in accessing services:<br />

- services not co-located in some areas, making it particularly difficult for the<br />

frail elderly or those without transport who need to see several health care<br />

providers<br />

- referral system for care outside core primary health team inefficient and<br />

unwieldy.<br />

Workforce shortages.<br />

The patient numbers and, in particular, the patient demand on the health system, relevant to<br />

the possible intersection of these two workforces, are significant.<br />

An analysis of West Coast PHO enrolled patients and visit numbers for 2009 shows the<br />

following:<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 53


It is significant that the 9% of the 30,000+ enrolled population who attended medical centres<br />

most frequently, accounted for 35% of the 120,000+ visits to medical centres, ie. those sickest<br />

9% patients attended their medical centre an average 16 times during 2009.<br />

In addition, district and rural health nurses received 2,351 referrals in 2009 and saw patients<br />

on average 12 times, clinical nurse specialists received 782 referrals and saw patients on<br />

average 6 times, while allied health received 4,613 referrals and saw patients on average 4<br />

times. All in all, the community nursing and allied health workforces conducted some 50,000<br />

patient contacts, in addition to the 120,000+ visits to medical centres.<br />

4 Objectives<br />

The overarching aim is to provide better co-ordinated care for patients across medical centres,<br />

community nursing and allied health services, by including the community nursing and allied<br />

health workforces as members of Integrated Family Health Centres (IFHC)teams. This is likely<br />

to be of particular benefit for high complexity patients with Long Term Conditions (LTCs) and<br />

high numbers of admissions (see also LTC Project plan).<br />

A multi disciplinary team (MDT) approach to care (for that subset of patients who will benefit<br />

from it), including MDT clinical review, will be developed. Patient pathways for common and<br />

complex conditions, which integrate home based and clinic based care, and that align the<br />

activities of health professionals providing that care will be developed (see also the LTC Project<br />

plan and the Health Pathways Project plan).<br />

We will therefore work towards achieving a unified management and clinical leadership<br />

structure which respects and promotes the professional contribution of all staff within the<br />

IFHC, and makes the most efficient use of the nursing and allied health resources available on<br />

the West Coast. This structure will recognise the particular ownership characteristics and<br />

needs of participating health providers in the integrated setting.<br />

Where particular roles or professions need to contribute to more than one IFHC, we will define<br />

how such specialist roles can best be organised across the region. It will be important to<br />

maintain linkages between professional groups, who are working in a variety of settings, and to<br />

review and develop professional roles so that they contain both generalist and special interest<br />

components. Health professionals will retain their professional identity and have access to<br />

robust professional development processes to ensure the delivery of evidence based best<br />

practice, especially in the context of delivery of rural/remote services with practitioners often<br />

working in isolation.<br />

We intend to develop health assistant roles within the IFHCs and so ensure health professionals<br />

are working to their maximum capacity in delivering care to patients commensurate with their<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 54


qualifications and skills. Where care can be delegated to a health assistant, this should happen,<br />

provided the health assistant receives adequate support, supervision and training. This will then<br />

free the health professional to provide the more complex care.<br />

We will also design and implement common infrastructure systems and service specifications to<br />

support a more integrated way of working.<br />

Patients will benefit from GPs and practice/rural nurses being made aware immediately when one<br />

of their patients is admitted to hospital (for example), and the district nurse and allied health<br />

professionals can work with the GP & practice nurse on the plan for the patient's discharge<br />

from the time of their admission to hospital. Patients will benefit when these two workforces<br />

are utilizing the same clinical information system to record their interactions with, and care for,<br />

the patient, and when all the health professionals involved in their care are giving them<br />

consistent advice.<br />

Patients will benefit when clinical nurse specialists and allied health professionals are available<br />

to intervene earlier with patients with long term conditions, rather than being called in to<br />

address the patient's needs only after a patient has been admitted to hospital.<br />

Currently well child service provision is fragmented between Plunket, primary care, Māori health<br />

NGO providers, midwives and community nursing services. The advent of IFHCs creates the<br />

opportunity to bring these carers together, so that care is streamlined, information is shared<br />

and families get the right level of follow-up. Initial discussions with NGO service providers<br />

indicate a willingness to collaborate in order to achieve better health outcomes and better use<br />

of resources. <strong>More</strong> detailed discussions and project planning will occur in year one of the<br />

implementation phase.<br />

Objectives:<br />

to improve the care of patients with the greatest need on the health system<br />

to make the most efficient use of the nursing and allied health resources available on<br />

the Coast<br />

to design and implement common infrastructure systems and service specifications to<br />

support a more integrated way of working<br />

provide leadership that is able to respond to the flexing/changing needs, and provides all<br />

staff with feedback on performance<br />

include staff in planning the delivery of services, complete a gap analysis asking staff<br />

what is working/not working and implement these ideas in to working smarter/better use<br />

of resources<br />

review and develop nursing roles into a more holistic primary health nurse role aimed at<br />

blurring existing boundaries between specific nurse functions, but one that contains<br />

both generalist and special interest components.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 55


5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

Percentage of health centres with<br />

monthly (or more frequent) regular<br />

clinical full MDT meetings<br />

25% 67% 100% 100%<br />

Development of single health<br />

assessment<br />

Shared electronic health record<br />

Patient timeframe to move through<br />

system - average time from new<br />

routine service request to patient<br />

being seen:<br />

- district nurses<br />

- rural health nurses<br />

- clinical nurse specialists<br />

- allied health<br />

Not in<br />

place<br />

Not in<br />

place<br />

TBC<br />

In place<br />

Partially in<br />

place<br />

In place<br />

Outcome measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

ASH rates<br />

See LTC<br />

paper<br />

% people with LTCs meeting<br />

clinical targets, eg. HbA1c, lipids<br />

and BP<br />

See LTC<br />

paper<br />

Annual No. re-admissions per year 8.21%<br />

(2009)<br />

No. patients with more than 6 ED TBC<br />

attendances per year<br />

No. patients with more 2 or more 199<br />

admissions for 5 or more bed days (2009)<br />

per year 43<br />

8% 7% 6%<br />

190 180 170<br />

43 Definition borrowed from the Counties Manukau project: Roseman, P. (2003). "Frequent Adult Medical Admissions<br />

Final Report." Retrieved 15 December 2008, 2008, from http://www.cmdhb.org.nz/Funded-<br />

Services/CCM/documents.htm.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 56


6 Deliverables / activities<br />

Implementation plan: to June 30<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Establish MDT meetings: allied health, district nursing and clinical nurse specialists will<br />

meet with core health centre staff in each health centre to plan the care of specific<br />

high complexity patients. <strong>More</strong> sharing of information about patient needs for care will<br />

ensure more effective management of these patients. Guidelines for conducting these<br />

meetings will be developed.<br />

Identify extent and nature of overlap between medical centre frequent attenders<br />

cohort and community nursing/allied health clients; conduct review of care provided to<br />

patients common to both cohorts; examine systems and/or performance issues<br />

identified by this review and rectify/optimize.<br />

Review nature and type of home based nurse assessments with a view to developing<br />

standardised assessment procedure.<br />

Plan for assignment of community nursing and allied health clinicians to practice<br />

populations.<br />

Identify a professional grouping/team(s) and locations to be the first centre for<br />

implementation of the integrated model. Pilot, refine, spread.<br />

Develop common, integrated service specifications (break down barriers created by the<br />

existing specs). Consolidate and reduce reporting requirements where possible. To<br />

achieve this outcome, communication with the Ministry of Health needs to commence<br />

this year.<br />

Year one:<br />

Develop and implement a pathway for nurse care for different patients groupings, eg.<br />

post surgery, long term condition, frail elderly, palliative (covering the various nursing<br />

groups/specialties) and for wound care, across clinic and home settings.<br />

Examine better linking of home based care with district nursing.<br />

Develop IT and administration systems that enable closer integration, including those<br />

that enable data capture in the home/at the bedside.<br />

Review current referral systems, considering potential role of <strong>Care</strong> Link, and change to<br />

'within-system-request-for-assistance/booking'. Monitor workload and waiting times<br />

and develop new priority and entry criteria as required.<br />

Identify the requirements for sharing clinical notes on MedTech in a single clinical file<br />

used by all health providers in the IFHC. Develop specifications for new system and<br />

fund implementation. Work with the current health centre that does not currently use<br />

MedTech to determine the barriers and facilitators for change.<br />

Develop a plan for better integration of well child services.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 57


Year two:<br />

Maintain deliverable/activities from year one. Monitor & audit progress & changes.<br />

Extend MedTech across all health centres and for all community nursing and allied<br />

health.<br />

Develop a client load aligned with practice populations, eg. each physiotherapist, social<br />

worker or specialist nurse relates to one (or more) health centres and may see patients<br />

there. They will be members of the multi disciplinary team.<br />

Review the location of sexual health services, with a view to them being located in IFHCs<br />

Year three<br />

<br />

Build on and maintain previous years work.<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

Capability and capacity are core aspects of this plan and are therefore covered in the above<br />

sections.<br />

8 Effect on inequalities<br />

This work stream focuses on those who are current frequent users of the health system,<br />

including the frail elderly, and aims to improve their care. While focusing on optimizing care for<br />

those who do frequently interact with the health system, it will be important to ensure that<br />

those who typically don't benefit, and are disconnected, from the health system (but who could<br />

benefit from better care) are not forgotten. It is intended that achieving better (as distinct<br />

from more) care for those patients currently utilizing the health system frequently, will free<br />

resources that can then be focused onto meeting the needs of Māori and Pacific peoples.<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

The need for new models of integrated care for the aging population and those with long term<br />

conditions has been well described by Rosen and Ham 44 :<br />

44 Rosen R, Ham C. Integrated <strong>Care</strong>: lessons from evidence and experience. Report of the 2008 Sir Roger Bannister<br />

Annual Health Seminar by R Rosen, Nuffield Trust , C Ham, University of Birmingham<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 58


“With an aging population and an increasing prevalence of chronic disease, ever more<br />

people require care and support services from organisations that cross the boundaries<br />

of health, social care, housing and voluntary organisations. A wealth of studies report<br />

that people with chronic, complex health problems – particularly older people – are often<br />

confused by the array of services they are faced with, receive duplicate interventions,<br />

and find it hard to understand where to turn with specific problems. They value<br />

initiatives to coordinate care and simplify their journey through the health and social<br />

care systems.<br />

Equally, with pressure to deliver elective care in community settings and prevent<br />

avoidable ill health, integration and collaboration between generalists and specialists –<br />

GPs, consultants, specialist nurses and other clinicians – is increasingly important.”<br />

They advise that any project involving integration of services:<br />

makes improved patient care the main objective of every proposal<br />

develops clearly articulated and shares goals<br />

involves local primary care networks and clinicians in developing the strategy<br />

takes time and effort to build the relationships, trust and clinical leadership required in<br />

integrated teams<br />

measures clinical and social outcomes so that the effect of changes can be reviewed and<br />

programmes modified<br />

is careful to unbundle the true costs of any services before devolution occurs<br />

develops robust governance arrangements from the start<br />

establishes the right incentives for services and clinicians to want to be involved.<br />

Similarly Glendenning 45 observes that integration is more likely when the following are present:<br />

joint goals<br />

tight knit highly connected professional networks<br />

high degree of mutual trust<br />

joint arrangements which are part of „core business‟ rather than marginal integration at<br />

the edges<br />

joint arrangements covering operational and strategic issues and shared or single<br />

management arrangements,<br />

Nick Goodwin, Kings Fund 46 , in his recent presentation to the Ministry of Health concluded from<br />

the international literature that:<br />

“There is a lack of rigorous evaluations of polyclinics in other countries. Contextual<br />

differences are important.<br />

Co-location of professionals is not sufficient to guarantee integrated care - in the<br />

same polyclinic, and between polyclinics and hospitals.<br />

45 Glendenning, C (2002) „Breaking down barriers: integrating health and care services for older people in England‟,<br />

Health Policy 65: 139–151.<br />

46 Nick Goodwin. Powerpoint presentation to Ministry of Health, Wellington. 15 March 2010<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 59


Risks to professional development and motivation.<br />

Issues of patient choice and continuity of care, and how these are to be<br />

safeguarded within a polyclinic-based system<br />

Caution needs to be exercised in basing policy on international experience. “<br />

His advice for successful integration was:<br />

“Strong clinical leadership – quality focus<br />

Team working<br />

Cluster services & diagnostics around patient needs<br />

Investment in change management & process redesign<br />

Maximise benefit of new technologies and IT”<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Co-location of community<br />

nursing and allied health<br />

with medical centres is<br />

achieved, but does not lead<br />

to better integration<br />

Re-orientation and<br />

re-focusing of community<br />

nursing/allied health<br />

workforces towards<br />

primary end leads to<br />

overload for staff<br />

("something added, but<br />

nothing dropped")<br />

Re-orientation and<br />

re-focusing of community<br />

nursing/allied health<br />

workforces towards<br />

primary care, worsens<br />

connection with secondary<br />

care<br />

High High Recognise this key risk (as identified from<br />

overseas experience/published literature).<br />

Understand the limitations of co-location<br />

back-up co-location with electronic<br />

records integration<br />

back up co-location with common<br />

organisational/management structures<br />

where possible<br />

back up co-location with development and<br />

implementation of an Integration Charter<br />

that is linked to lease/tenancy<br />

arrangements.<br />

High High Identify early opportunities for improving<br />

outcomes (rather than just responding to<br />

service demands) for patients with high<br />

demands on the system with view to reducing<br />

the current level of demand/service utilization.<br />

Target services to those most in need/most<br />

able to benefit; refine entry/exit &<br />

prioritisation criteria.<br />

Medium High Recognise this key possibility and address from<br />

the outset.<br />

Ensure inpatient workload is fully understood<br />

and necessary availability to the wards etc is<br />

protected.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 60


Differences between<br />

revenue generating<br />

imperatives faced by<br />

medical centres and free<br />

service ethos of<br />

community nursing/allied<br />

health causes professional<br />

disconnects and/or<br />

confusion for the public<br />

Management of change<br />

process handled<br />

ineffectively.<br />

Physical co-location of<br />

community nursing and<br />

allied health with medical<br />

centres cannot be achieved<br />

Community nursing/allied<br />

health workforce being<br />

allocated to medical<br />

centres leads to<br />

fragmentation and loss of<br />

support within the<br />

professional groupings<br />

Sub-specialisation becomes<br />

impossible and/or is not<br />

supported (in any move to<br />

generalist roles)<br />

High Medium <strong>Care</strong>fully examine & understand public policy<br />

implications & possibilities; engage with MoH<br />

early.<br />

Ensure all workforces are aware of financial<br />

imperatives & requirements.<br />

Ensure clear boundaries, entry/exit criteria<br />

etc.<br />

Ensure clear communication with<br />

patients/public.<br />

Medium High Have a transition pathway.<br />

Introduce a change manager to lead this.<br />

Ensure patients/family/whanau and the<br />

Community walk alongside the developments/<br />

Consumer input and involvement.<br />

Have clear guidelines and timeframes.<br />

Have plan for management of staff resistance<br />

and monitor.<br />

Medium Medium Ensure clinical notes integration.<br />

Implement common organisational/management<br />

links.<br />

Medium Medium Recognise this key possibility and address from<br />

the outset.<br />

Ensure professional support and communication<br />

needs are understood and addressed in<br />

implementation plan.<br />

Ensure new business/organisational model<br />

contains necessary support, mentoring,<br />

professional development infrastructure for all<br />

professional groups.<br />

Low Medium Recognise this possibility and address from the<br />

outset.<br />

Identify and plan out the skills required, set<br />

education around this plan and review.<br />

11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan: Hecta Williams, Raewyn McKnight, Maureen Frankpitt,<br />

Janette Anderson, Hecta Williams, Helen Reriti, Pauline Ansley, Barbara Smith, Jenny<br />

Robertson, Jane O‟Malley, Cheryl Hutchison, Jenny Woods, Dr Jocelyn Tracey, Anthony Cooke.<br />

Other clinicians involved: Dee Dolby, Dr Carol Atmore, PHO Clinical Governance Committee.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 61


12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

There are two levels of change proposed.<br />

Within each IFHC, co-located services will sign up to an Integration Charter that sits alongside<br />

their tenancy/lease agreement. This Charter will commit those services that co-locate to the<br />

service integration objectives of the IFHC and to involvement in the 'service integration<br />

management team' that is likely to operate in each facility.<br />

Subject to decisions made in relation to the overall ownership and operation of various services<br />

(see the Ownership, Governance & Management work stream) it may be that services currently<br />

operated by the DHB will come under the auspices of the PHO. The PHO, suitably revised or<br />

replaced, would then become the operator of a larger proportion of the community and primary<br />

health care service infrastructure, with service integration, management and development of<br />

the whole primary and community health service, its core role and responsibility.<br />

13 Costs<br />

No change to ownership of services is proposed initially. Each service owner will continue to be<br />

responsible for their services own revenue & costs.<br />

Achieving the early goal of change to, and integration of, clinical services will, however, require<br />

dedicated project & change management resource as described in the Business Case.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 62


Appendix Seven: Integration - HealthPathways<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

Patients will receive care that is consistent, co-ordinated and in accordance with best practice<br />

guidelines across their health care journey.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

HealthPathways is a web-based information system developed by Canterbury DHB Planning and<br />

Funding in conjunction with local clinicians. GPs and hospital clinicians identified the importance<br />

of current information in securing the best care for patients within existing constraints<br />

(workforce and fiscal) and developed HealthPathways to provide this information, with a primary<br />

focus on general practice care, as part of the Canterbury Initiative (see www.canterbury<br />

initiative.org.nz.).<br />

This project describes the adaptation and implementation of HealthPathways for the West<br />

Coast.<br />

3 Problem definition<br />

Description of HealthPathways<br />

HealthPathways:<br />

Uses the skills of other clinicians including nursing, allied health, and health scientists.<br />

Provides local information about local services.<br />

Is based on and referenced to Best Practice NZ guidelines if available, or international<br />

guidelines.<br />

Provides information on assessment, management, hospital departments, and referral;<br />

and also patient information, reference material, and educational resources.<br />

Covers the most frequent reasons for referral to a hospital department, acute and<br />

non acute.<br />

Is complementary to the planned electronic referral management system.<br />

Keeps clinicians up-to-date with which services are available, which are funded, and how<br />

to access them.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 63


HealthPathways is not:<br />

decision support software (no patient information is entered)<br />

evidence-based guidelines<br />

designed for patients<br />

comprehensive – many departments and clinical areas have not been started.<br />

Development of pathways:<br />

Pathways are initiated by the clinical work groups within the Canterbury Initiative and<br />

then progressed by clinical editors. T he relationships developed in the work groups<br />

provide the foundation to develop the pathways. Additional pathways are continually<br />

being added to HealthPathways as additional work groups are created.<br />

While one of the key drivers in Canterbury for the development of HealthPathways was to<br />

decrease waiting times for first specialist appointments (FSAs), the drivers for the West Coast<br />

are somewhat different. Currently, the primary care system on the West Coast is not in a good<br />

position to take on clinical tasks currently performed in secondary care settings. Similarly, Grey<br />

Base Hospital services are generally staffed on a capacity model – in which staff costs do not<br />

vary with reductions in activity. However, in the medium term, with the strengthening of the<br />

primary care sector, and the development of more activity based staffing for some services,<br />

associated with a closer working relationship with Canterbury DHB 47 , there may be an<br />

opportunity to move some clinical work from the hospital setting into Integrated Family Health<br />

Centres (IFHCs).<br />

West Coast issues to be addressed by this programme:<br />

The care provided is not always consistent across primary and secondary providers.<br />

There is a heavy dependence on locums, often from overseas, to provide GP care and<br />

they do not always know what can be done in general practice, and when to refer to<br />

secondary care.<br />

Nurses are taking an increasing role in first line care in general practice and will find<br />

locally adapted HealthPathways valuable to guide the care they provide.<br />

While waiting times for FSAs are not a major issue currently given the relative high<br />

specialist:population ratio, as the Sustainability Project effects the numbers and types<br />

of secondary care clinicians on the West Coast it will become important to have<br />

pathways that describe what is expected to take place in primary care prior to referral<br />

for an FSA.<br />

An increasingly amount of secondary care is provided by clinicians jointly employed by<br />

Canterbury and West Coast DHBs; it is therefore important that care and access to<br />

FSAs is consistent across the regions.<br />

47 See LECG report: Analysis of options: models of care for West Coast DHB. Nov 2009<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 64


It is expected that HealthPathways will provide:<br />

<strong>Better</strong> care – in line with Best Practice guidelines, and consistent between providers,<br />

including primary, secondary and Māori providers.<br />

<strong>Sooner</strong> care – patients will be able to access some investigations and treatment options<br />

earlier directly from their general practice, and waiting times for FSAs may decrease.<br />

<strong>More</strong> convenient care –more care will be provided at IFHCs rather than hospital based.<br />

Nurses and doctors working in general practice have expressed interest and support for this<br />

development, as have those in community nursing, allied health and secondary care.<br />

4 Objectives<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

To enhance the patient journey for patients presenting with common health problems,<br />

including the incorporation of a whanau ora approach.<br />

To increase the consistency and co-ordination of care between primary and secondary<br />

care.<br />

To increase the appropriateness of FSAs.<br />

5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

Number of topic areas<br />

HealthPathways sections adapted<br />

for the WC<br />

0 8 6 6<br />

Referral quality audit TBC 20%<br />

improvement<br />

Number of hits on West Coast HP<br />

web site per month<br />

Further 10%<br />

improvement<br />

Further 10%<br />

improvement<br />

0 500 1000 2000<br />

Outcome measures<br />

Indicator<br />

FSA rates (numbers actually seen)<br />

Paediatrics<br />

Gynaecology<br />

Baseline<br />

2009 year<br />

177<br />

371<br />

Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

No change 10%<br />

decrease<br />

Further 10%<br />

decrease<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 65


6 Deliverables / activities<br />

Implementation plan: to June 30<br />

Trial a process for adapting the HealthPathways:<br />

Decide on the first two areas – areas where HealthPathways have already been<br />

developed in Canterbury, where there are keen local clinicians, and where there are no<br />

major barriers to progress.<br />

Identify local hospital specialists, GPs, hospital and community based nurses who are<br />

willing to participate.<br />

Set up two workshops with local clinicians, plus experienced clinicians and IT support<br />

from Canterbury for the first two pathways.<br />

At the workshops begin with copies of the Canterbury pathways and work through each,<br />

identifying what changes need to be made and where there are access or resource<br />

issues that will need to be solved outside the workshops.<br />

Write up the results of the workshops and circulate back to members.<br />

Work with management to resolve access and resource issues as possible.<br />

Meet in person (or e-mail) to finalise the West Coast adaptation.<br />

Hold professional development meetings with primary and secondary care to educate<br />

regarding the HealthPathways.<br />

Evaluation:<br />

Review how well the above process went, adapt and refine.<br />

Develop a process to adapt future pathways locally without requiring facilitation from<br />

Canterbury.<br />

Select next areas for developing the West Coast adaptation.<br />

Referral quality audit:<br />

develop audit tool<br />

use to gather baseline data.<br />

Year one:<br />

implement the process to adapt another 8 groups of Health Pathways groupings<br />

refine processes<br />

provide further educational sessions<br />

review results of<br />

develop referral quality audit and work on addition of Health Pathways (will depend on<br />

cost and available resources).<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 66


Year two<br />

implement the process to adapt another 6 groups of Health Pathways groupings<br />

refine processes<br />

provide further educational sessions<br />

evaluate usage and progress, adapt plan as required.<br />

Year three<br />

implement the process to adapt another 6 groups of Health Pathways groupings<br />

refine processes<br />

provide further educational sessions.<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

Capability: This project is an adaptation of the successful Canterbury Initiative project and will<br />

be supported by Canterbury and hence benefit from their expertise.<br />

The project is supported by key West Coast clinicians (Chief Medical Officer, Director of<br />

Nursing and Midwifery, <strong>Primary</strong> Secondary GP Liaison) and the Patient Journey Improvement<br />

Co-ordinator. They will manage the implementation of the project.<br />

The project depends on the involvement of other local clinicians in working groups. Given the<br />

demands on local clinicians the project has been adapted so as to use their time as efficiently as<br />

possible.<br />

8 Effect on inequalities<br />

It is important that the patient journeys take into account a whanau ora approach and provide a<br />

holistic approach to care. Māori will be included in developmental working groups.<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

The following evidence from the Canterbury initiative suggests that this programme is likely to<br />

be successful:<br />

Proven implementation team from Canterbury to work with WCDHB.<br />

Proven track record in Canterbury - over 180 pathways in just over a year many<br />

adaptable for the West Coast.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 67


Rapid rise in figures on use of the website containing the HealthPathways. Statistics<br />

show average pages per day per month accessed for February 09, was 405 pages, June<br />

09, 647 pages and November 09, 1404 pages.<br />

Participation by hundreds of clinicians in Canterbury means the site is designed by the<br />

users for their needs. Regular and frequent feedback from participants in the<br />

Canterbury Initiative process has enhanced the content.<br />

A high participation rate by specialists and general practitioners was achieved in<br />

Canterbury in education sessions with positive feedback indicates the programme fulfills<br />

a need for information.<br />

Multiple changes in clinical service provision were achieved with gradually increasing<br />

uptake such as subsidised skin cancer surgery, gynaecology procedures and respiratory<br />

investigations.<br />

West Coast general practice is already accessing the Canterbury HealthPathways site<br />

for reference material and sees the value in customising it to fit the West Coast.<br />

Canterbury Initiative are evaluating effectiveness using a number of methods including an online<br />

questionnaire repeated over time to general practitioners and specialists, monitoring changes in<br />

service utilization with many sets of usually collected DHB data. As well, research programmes<br />

have been initiated for significant changes in service delivery including prioritisation of<br />

colorectal symptoms and the community management of post-menopausal bleeding.<br />

Canterbury clinicians have noted that the use of the pathways:<br />

Provide better outcomes for patients.<br />

Can provide alternatives to a referral from general practice to hospital for an FSA.<br />

Have improved the quality of information being provided by general practice enabling<br />

more effective and consistent triage.<br />

Allow hospital clinicians to discharge patients back to general practice for follow-up<br />

care.<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Minimisation plan<br />

Low clinician<br />

engagement in<br />

High High Personal approach, pay for their time,<br />

share the load.<br />

workshops<br />

Relationship with<br />

CDHB deteriorates<br />

Low High Regular meetings and shared decision<br />

making.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 68


Low uptake by<br />

primary and<br />

secondary care<br />

clinicians<br />

Local adaptation<br />

process not<br />

effective<br />

Low -<br />

moderate<br />

High Educational sessions, assist clinicians<br />

to put in „favourites‟ in their web<br />

browser, multiple reminders about the<br />

pathways, link on PHO and DHB<br />

websites.<br />

Low High Will need to revert to joint workshops,<br />

if necessary.<br />

11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan:<br />

West Coast:<br />

Vicki Robertson, Chief Medical Officer<br />

Jane O‟Malley, Director of Nursing and Midwifery for West Coast District Health<br />

Dr Jocelyn Tracey, West Coast <strong>Primary</strong> Secondary Liaison Officer<br />

Alison McDougall, Patient Journey Improvement Coordinator<br />

Canterbury:<br />

Graham McGeoch – Canterbury Initiative Clinical Leader and Clinical Editor for HP<br />

Juanita Gibson – Technical Writer – Streamliners.<br />

Emma Harding Streamliners<br />

Ian Anderson – Streamliners, also working on CDHB EOI project.<br />

Bronwyn Petrie – Project Manager – Canterbury Initiative team.<br />

Other clinicians involved: Dr Greville Wood, Dr Carol Atmore, Dr John Garret, Alison Lobb (RN),<br />

Liz Burns (RN).<br />

12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

Canterbury will retain ownership of the Health Pathways.<br />

13 Costs<br />

The Canterbury Initiative is supporting and funding the West Coast adaption of the pathways as<br />

follows:<br />

access to HealthPathways web site<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 69


time involvement of clinical editors will be funded in accordance with the package agreed<br />

with<br />

cost of technical support from Streamliners.<br />

Changes to HealthPathways that require input from WCDHB administration, clinician,<br />

management personnel will be provide from within current resources with the exception of<br />

general practitioner/nurse specialist input to workshops which will be remunerated at agreed<br />

Canterbury DHB rates. Reviewers and those who provide wider feedback are not remunerated.<br />

Given the small number of GPs and nurses on the West Coast, the burden of involvement may fall<br />

on a few individuals. The PHO will budget $5,000 each year in the workforce budget for extra<br />

payments for local primary care involvement.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 70


Appendix Eight: Improved access to diagnostics<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

The people of the West Coast will be able to access radiological diagnostic investigations in a<br />

convenient and timely manner.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

Currently there is direct access from primary care to Grey Hospital for plain film x-ray and<br />

ultrasound (except musculoskeletal) in a timely manner.<br />

Direct access to selected CT imaging using referral guidelines will provide sooner and more<br />

convenient care for patients and will be implemented by July 2010.<br />

Direct access to musculoskeletal ultrasound will require capacity issues to be addressed;<br />

planning will commence in July 2010, with access using referral guidelines possible by January<br />

2011 if current barriers can be overcome.<br />

3 Problem definition<br />

A full range of plain x-ray, CT scans and ultrasounds is available at Grey Base Hospital. The<br />

digital PACS system is used and images sent digitally to Christchurch for reporting by<br />

Christchurch Radiology Group radiologists. Buller Hospital has plain x-ray.<br />

There is no private radiology service on the West Coast; to access private services patients<br />

travel to Christchurch or Nelson.<br />

Plain film radiology<br />

Currently there is open access from primary care to plain film radiology in Greymouth and<br />

Westport during office hours.<br />

For urgent x-rays in Greymouth the practice rings for an appointment and then faxes in the<br />

request form or sends it in with the patient; either same day, or within 24 hour access is<br />

available. For less urgent requests the form is posted and waiting times are a maximum of one<br />

week. This service is highly regarded by general practitioners.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 71


The service views the great majority of requests as being appropriate. There are times when<br />

locums and nurses (with GP sign off) appear to be quicker to x-ray rather than using time as a<br />

diagnostic tool to determine whether an x-ray is necessary.<br />

Current volumes of primary care ordered plain films and ultrasounds: 5000 per annum,<br />

increasing by about 200 per year. No national comparative data is available from the Ministry<br />

of Heath 48 .<br />

Ultrasound<br />

Open access is available from primary care for all ultrasound examinations except<br />

musculoskeletal. Current capacity is full and further sonographers and ultrasound machines<br />

would be required if access was made available for musculoskeletal investigations, which<br />

generally take longer, (eg. a shoulder ultrasound takes twice as long as an abdominal ultrasound).<br />

GP ordering of ultrasound is viewed by the service as being generally appropriate.<br />

There is no access to ultrasound in Westport currently, although this has been possible in the<br />

past.<br />

There are plans to introduce generalist medical ultrasound in ED in Greymouth, for use by<br />

clinicians in caring for patients acutely. This may have a small effect on the number of<br />

diagnostic ultrasounds ordered (generalist medical ultrasound is useful to aid doctors in ED<br />

management, however it lacks the sensitivity and specificity of a diagnostic ultrasound done by a<br />

trained sonographer, and is not reviewed and reported on by a radiologist).<br />

If a GP thinks a musculoskeletal ultrasound is required then a referral for an orthopaedic First<br />

Specialist Appointment (FSA) can be made, potentially adding to the cost of care if the<br />

ultrasound result proves the FSA unnecessary. Alternatively, a number of patients, either with<br />

injuries covered by ACC or with medical insurance, travel to Christchurch to access<br />

musculoskeletal ultrasound. On occasions this is linked in with private specialist appointments in<br />

Christchurch and subsequent procedures that might otherwise have been carried out at Grey<br />

Base Hospital and paid for by ACC.<br />

CT scans<br />

Currently the only access for primary care to CT scanning is for CT urogram for renal colic.<br />

However GPs can on occasions phone a Senior Medical Officer (SMO) and obtain verbal consent<br />

for the ordering of CT scans (this is more likely to happen if the GP knows the SMO, and is able<br />

48 Personal communication, Andrew Downes, Portfolio Manager, Elective Services<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 72


to easily access by telephone). Otherwise the patient is referred for an FSA and may have the<br />

investigation done prior to, or after, their FSA.<br />

There is potentially spare capacity which does allow for increasing direct access for those<br />

conditions where:<br />

CT is the appropriate first line investigation,<br />

GPs are often able to provide the management indicated by the CT scan diagnosis<br />

without needing an FSA<br />

guidelines can be implemented that will manage demand.<br />

CTs currently seen by both general practitioners and the radiology department as being<br />

appropriate for direct access are:<br />

CT head for head injury<br />

CT scan for painless haematuria<br />

CT urogram for renal colic<br />

CT colonography instead of barium enemas.<br />

As the Health Pathways are adapted for West Coast, it may be that other kinds of CT scan are<br />

identified for development of direct access pathways.<br />

Remote access<br />

If patients are coming from remote rural areas, such as Fox Glacier, and are likely to need a<br />

FSA along with their radiological investigation, where possible the Central Booking Unit<br />

organises for both to happen on the same visit to Greymouth.<br />

There are difficulties for low socio-economic families in rural areas with the cost of transport<br />

to Greymouth for radiological procedures and the difficulty accessing travel assistance.<br />

Radiology in Integrated Family Health Centres (IFHC)<br />

The equipment and resources required for radiology services are expensive. Currently at 5000<br />

community ordered radiology investigations a year, this equates to approximately 1700 per year<br />

per IFHC, approximately 7 investigations per day per centre. While it would be desirable to<br />

have plain radiology and portable ultrasound in each IFHC, and this is achievable in Buller, in<br />

Hokitika/Westland (thirty minutes from Greymouth) this would not be cost effective. In<br />

Greymouth while it would be convenient to have the radiology department within the IFHC, use<br />

is greater by the hospital and having two radiology centres would not be cost effective;<br />

therefore the radiology department should remain close to ED, and medical and surgical wards.<br />

Proximity of the IFHC to the hospital could advantage those 7 patients a day who need<br />

radiology, but only if their investigation was able to be provided at the same visit.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 73


4 Objectives<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

to continue with direct access from primary care to plain film radiology<br />

to develop direct access by primary care to CT scans for health problems that meet the<br />

criteria<br />

to develop access to musculoskeletal ultrasound without significantly increasing the<br />

waiting list for other types of ultrasound<br />

to enhance the skills of those requesting radiological investigations and interpreting the<br />

reports.<br />

5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures - track quarterly<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

Number of plain film and US 5000 pa 5200 5400 5700<br />

Total number of CT scans 3500 3750 4000 4250<br />

Numbers CTs ordered by GPs Est. 10 300 320 340<br />

Number of musculoskeletal 0 0 40 60<br />

ultrasounds<br />

Orthopaedic FSAs 873 870 830 810<br />

Number of educational sessions<br />

held per annum<br />

1 1 1 1<br />

6 Deliverables / activities<br />

Implementation phase: to June 30, 2010<br />

Develop guidelines for general practitioners to access:<br />

CT head for head injury<br />

CT scan for painless haematuria<br />

CT urogram for renal colic<br />

CT colonography instead of barium enemas.<br />

Task<br />

Gather copies of guidelines used in other regions<br />

Establish multidisciplinary groups to review guidelines and adapt for<br />

local use (include Māori participation)<br />

Develop referral template based<br />

Provide educational session for referrers in the use of the guidelines<br />

Establish system for tracking volumes<br />

By when<br />

March<br />

March – April<br />

May<br />

May<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 74


Year One – July 2010 to June 2011<br />

Task<br />

Continue open access to plain x-rays<br />

Provide a generic Coast-wide educational session plus regular updates in<br />

newsletters and reminders of websites that provide guidance for both<br />

ordering and interpreting investigations, eg. CRG<br />

Review use of plain x-rays: audit use by practice according to size of<br />

enrolled population<br />

Put in place educational intervention for any practices that have<br />

significantly greater than average usage.<br />

If necessary develop notional budget holding<br />

Report on numbers of CTs requested<br />

Audit of CT requests against the guidelines<br />

Review existing CT referral templates, modify and develop an<br />

electronic version<br />

Review need for increased access to other radiology investigations as<br />

part of Health Pathways project<br />

Ensure HealthPathways contain helpful advice for those ordering<br />

investigations<br />

Review travel assistance arrangements and develop plan for Buller<br />

region (include Māori participation)<br />

By when<br />

July<br />

Annually<br />

August<br />

October<br />

June<br />

Quarterly<br />

April<br />

June<br />

Ongoing<br />

February<br />

Year Two – July 2011 to June 2012<br />

Investigate ability to provide direct access for musculoskeletal ultra sound (US)<br />

possibly increase capacity in Greymouth through starting regular fortnightly or monthly<br />

US service in Buller<br />

possibly establish notional budgeting for primary care US services and enable<br />

musculoskeletal US though tighter management of other US capacity.<br />

Expand direct access to other diagnostics as part of Health Pathways project.<br />

Annual educational session.<br />

Year three<br />

Consolidation and review.<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

Current capacity and capability exists to allow access to CT scans as along as volumes are<br />

controlled by the use and audit of referral guidelines.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 75


There is no current capacity to increase numbers of ultrasounds usage and therefore this is<br />

dependent wither on a decrease in current requests or the establishment of a service in Buller.<br />

There are concerns regarding the capability of some of those ordering and interpreting<br />

investigations. With an increase in primary care consultations managed by nurses there is a<br />

need for increasing educational support as described in the plan above.<br />

8 Effect on inequalities<br />

There is already very good direct access to radiology services which benefits low<br />

socio-economic families. Direct access to some CT investigations will remove the need for FSAs<br />

which will benefit those who have difficulty accessing extra appointments.<br />

The need for travel assistance for those living in Buller and travelling to Greymouth for<br />

diagnostic investigations is an important barrier for some and will be addressed as part of this<br />

plan.<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

A number of other regions in NZ have piloted direct access to CT and to musculoskeletal<br />

ultrasound as shown in the following table 49 :<br />

Location<br />

Details<br />

General ultrasound Northland<br />

Whanganui<br />

Range of US – developed referral guidelines (GL)<br />

Used Australian radiology GL – too many referred<br />

Abdomen, pelvic, renal<br />

US<br />

Auckland<br />

Canterbury<br />

Referral GL developed<br />

Also pelvic for 5 conditions<br />

Soft tissue US Canterbury Triage GL and education<br />

Shoulder US Canterbury <strong>New</strong> pathway and education<br />

CT abdomen, liver, Canterbury Triage GL and education<br />

pancreas<br />

CT for headache BoP<br />

Nelson<br />

GL and education<br />

GL developed<br />

CT colonoscopy<br />

Whanganui<br />

Nelson<br />

Developed referral GL<br />

For those where colonoscopy not so important<br />

CT and MRI Wairarapa For TIA, breathlessness and atrial fib<br />

CT renal colic Nelson Freed up ED time, decreased FSAs<br />

49<br />

Summarised from MoH report: A summary of improving patient pathways – diagnostic pilots. 2009<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 76


LECG 50 evaluated whether “the improvement processes implemented in these pilots were cost<br />

effective and provided value for money”. They concluded that “redesign of pathways for<br />

patients referred by GPs for diagnostic tests do offer opportunities for cost effective<br />

improvements”. They also identified that “opportunities for improvement are location specific<br />

and need to be identified with care” and provided helpful guidance for the development and<br />

implementation of direct access pathways.<br />

LECG anlaysed in depth a number of pilots that have direct relevance to this project:<br />

Northland DHB musculoskeletal ultrasound, Nelson Marlborough CT urograms, Whanganui<br />

general ultrasound.<br />

The information from these analyses will be very useful in guiding the implementation of direct<br />

access on the West Coast.<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Too many CTs ordered –<br />

(significant amount of<br />

radiation per CT)<br />

Low High Develop referral guidelines and audit<br />

regularly.<br />

Only general practitioners order CTs.<br />

Unable to free up<br />

capacity for<br />

Low High Work closely with all those involved<br />

using a variety of approaches.<br />

musculoskeletal US<br />

Increase in numbers of x-<br />

rays ordered resulting<br />

from changed primary<br />

care delivery models<br />

Medium Medium Educational sessions and audits as<br />

described above.<br />

11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan: Raewyn McKnight, Jason Lister, Wayne Champion,<br />

Jocelyn Tracey, Helen Reriti, Anthony Cooke.<br />

Other clinicians involved: Vicki Robertson, Martin Smith, Dr Martin London, Dr Andy Backhouse,<br />

Tony Young (Canterbury Radiology Group) .<br />

50 Moore D, Black M, van Essen E. Evaluation of 13 diagnostic pilots. Report from LECG for MoH, Nov 2009.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 77


12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

No change in current accountabilities until, and if, notional budget holding for investigations (in<br />

particular ultrasounds) is developed.<br />

13 Costs<br />

The changes in service delivery proposed for the implementation phase and year one, can be<br />

done within current budgets and resources. Currently $321,400 allocated for primary referred<br />

radiology. At approx 5000 investigations p.a., that is $64.28 per investigation.<br />

There will be some development costs (included in the „Implementing Service Strategies‟ aspect<br />

of the Investing in Change budget, Section 11.1 in the Business Case) as follows:<br />

Implementation Year one<br />

phase<br />

Project management, support for<br />

$10,000 $10,000<br />

guideline developments, education<br />

sessions, audits etc<br />

Multidisciplinary team members time to<br />

$1,600<br />

develop guidelines: locum cover<br />

Development of electronic referral<br />

$2,000<br />

templates<br />

Cost of educational activities $100 $100<br />

TOTAL $11,700 $12,100<br />

In years two and three the following costs will be calculated:<br />

cost savings due to decreased FSAs for CTs<br />

cost of any overall increase in CT volumes<br />

volumes and costs of current community ultrasounds, with a view to moving to devolved<br />

budget holding and opening access to shoulder ultrasounds<br />

any savings from decreased volumes in plain films resulting auditing practice volumes and<br />

providing educational initiatives.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 78


Appendix Nine: Referred services<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

<strong>Better</strong> alignment of clinical and financial decision making for referred services within an<br />

integrated system will improve the effectiveness and efficiency of service provision both from<br />

a clinical and financial perspective.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

This project begins in year one with a detailed analysis of current laboratory and<br />

pharmaceutical expenditure so as to better understand current patterns of use and unexplained<br />

variation. Current expenditure on both laboratory investigations (labs) and pharmaceuticals<br />

(pharms) is below the national average. If the analysis shows potential for savings if financial<br />

and clinical incentives were better aligned, then a number of change management activities will<br />

be implemented.<br />

3 Problem definition<br />

General<br />

Poor access and/or delays in receiving appropriate treatment can result in increased utilization<br />

of emergency services and an increase in avoidable hospital admissions.<br />

Currently there is poor linkage and co-ordination between the different parties involved in the<br />

funding, commissioning, provision and monitoring of referred services.<br />

The general increase in demand for services is placing increasing pressure on scarce health<br />

resources. As both laboratory and pharmacy services are essentially demand-led services it<br />

would generally be inappropriate or counterproductive to cap or otherwise limit expenditure or<br />

funding. However it may be appropriate to establish better mechanisms and procedures to<br />

increase the effectiveness and efficiency of referred service utilization and the prescribing of<br />

pharmaceuticals to achieve better resource management and health outcome within an<br />

integrated model.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 79


Laboratory<br />

There is anecdotal evidence to suggest that GPs and primary care nurses are referring some<br />

patients that may be able to be safely managed within primary care without referral for<br />

investigations.<br />

While there has been relative stability in year on year cost for laboratory services, there is an<br />

overall (small) increase. Despite this, there is evidence to show that some laboratory<br />

procedures and tests are duplicated unnecessarily leading us to believe that further efficiency<br />

can be gained.<br />

.<br />

Annual variance in laboratory costs – total DHB<br />

Year Laboratory $ Increase<br />

(decrease) for year<br />

% increase<br />

(decrease) for year<br />

2005/2006 $1,148m - -<br />

2006/2007 $1.336m $218k 19%<br />

2007/2008 $1.186m ($150k) (11.2%)<br />

2008/2009 $1.193m $130k 10.9%<br />

Change over 3 yrs $45k 3.9%<br />

Annual variance in laboratory costs – PHO only (from PPP)<br />

Year Laboratory $ Increase<br />

(decrease) for year<br />

% increase<br />

(decrease) for year<br />

2005/2006 $678k<br />

2006/2007 $680k $2k 0.3%<br />

2007/2008 $732k $52k 7.7%<br />

2008/2009 $650k ($82k) (11.2%)<br />

On the basis of preliminary investigations it is believed that there are opportunities for process<br />

improvement through the streamlining of referral systems, achieving a reduction in the type and<br />

quality of referral procedures and avoiding unnecessary or wasted expenditure on repeat<br />

laboratory testing.<br />

PHO Performance programme data on the West Coast PHO share of the national expenditure<br />

using a needs-based population formula, based on the enrolled population, for the period ending<br />

30 September 2010, was significantly lower than the national average at 46.76 (performance<br />

target


them by technical errors or lack of detail in prescription details being brought to them by<br />

patients.<br />

PHO Performance programme data on the West Coast PHO share of the national expenditure<br />

using a needs-based population formula, based on the enrolled population, for the period ending<br />

30 September 2010, was 83.57 for pharms (performance target


5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output and outcome measures<br />

These will be developed on completion of the analysis phase.<br />

6 Deliverables / activities<br />

Implementation plan<br />

It is proposed to address the year one process in two phases as follows:<br />

Year one – phase one July 2010 to December 2010:<br />

Investigate the opportunities and benefits of implementing a comprehensive programme of<br />

process improvement for referred services (for labs and pharms).<br />

Subject to satisfactory conclusion and outcome of phase one, we will proceed to the next phase<br />

as follows:<br />

Year one – phase two January 2011 to June 2011:<br />

From this list of potential strategies those most likely to result in cost effective utilization of<br />

referred services will be implemented:<br />

Establish effective information sharing between clinicians, managers, funders and other<br />

staff who plan, fund, purchase, refer for and deliver diagnostic and pharmaceutical<br />

services.<br />

Use PHO Performance Programme cube tool to identify high cost medication usage and<br />

laboratory use, both generally across the region and also to identify outliers.<br />

Identify the greatest opportunities for cost saving without adversely effecting quality<br />

of care.<br />

Develop more detailed performance indicators for use of referred services and use as a<br />

process improvement motivator with providers.<br />

Develop better guidance on prescribing and test ordering as part of the HealthPathways<br />

initiative.<br />

Expansion of the pharmacy newsletter for GPs, to support the above.<br />

Establishment of a “pharmacist advisor” function to the GP practices to look at trends in<br />

pharmaceutical usage, provide updates on latest evidence and deliver clinical education<br />

sessions common to practice staff and pharmacists – community and hospital.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 82


Identify patients that would benefit from medication use reviews.<br />

Establish a test order mechanism (both at a GP level and within the Hospital) that will<br />

allow recommended repeat intervals to be applied to each type of test. (This would alert<br />

a requestor that a test has been performed and result available within the stated<br />

repeat interval).<br />

Improvement of diagnostic service quality, through reviews and improvements in<br />

administration, GP and nurse referral processes, and data management.<br />

Year two - July 2011 to June 2012<br />

Establish mechanisms that will better alignment of clinical and financial decision making<br />

processes for pharmaceuticals, laboratory services and radiology:<br />

Identify opportunities for delegated funding mechanism for some or all referred<br />

services.<br />

Audit and evaluate effectiveness of improved administration, GP and nurse referral<br />

processes.<br />

Improve the systems that lead to clinical decision making as other aspects of the<br />

integrated family health system come into play, such as greater delegation of clinical<br />

decision making to nurses.<br />

Year three - July 2012 to June 2013<br />

Potential delegation of funding and decision making in agreed areas of referred services:<br />

Conclude evaluation and monitoring of improvement in processes(s).<br />

Establishment of devolved funding and decisions making mechanism (refer alliance<br />

contracting model.<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

There are no changes in the staffing against current number overall but it is anticipated that<br />

role and function will change to incorporate combined decision making processes, the<br />

undertaking of medicine use reviews (MUR) and allow for the introduction of the “pharmacist<br />

advisor” function.<br />

The data analysis phase will require the identification of skilled resource who can be contracted<br />

to provide this support.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 83


8 Effect on inequalities<br />

It is anticipated that more effective and efficient clinical pathways in both laboratory referred<br />

services and pharmacy services will lead to a reduction in resource wastage (both time and<br />

money) enabling more attention and resources to identify and target those most in need in order<br />

meet their health needs in a better sooner more convenient way.<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

In 2009 West Coast <strong>Primary</strong> Health Organisation commissioned a report 51 to investigate ways in<br />

which the PHO could, and community pharmacies would, work together more closely to advance<br />

its goal of achieving better health for people on the West Coast. This report identified the<br />

following from evidence in the literature:<br />

“Medication has the ability to enhance the quality of life and reduce the manifestations<br />

of diseases that would normally lead to suffering and premature death. There is also a<br />

growing awareness of the potential for these same drugs to cause a significant amount<br />

of morbidity and mortality.<br />

Underpinning nearly all innovative, cognitive services that might be provided by<br />

pharmacists is the issue of drug-related morbidity and mortality. Drug-related<br />

morbidity and mortality represents a serious medical problem that requires expert<br />

interdisciplinary attention. Unrecognised and unresolved drug therapy problems may<br />

result in extra primary care visits, hospitalisations, long term care facility admissions<br />

and premature death. The literature suggests that a large proportion of drug-related<br />

morbidity is preventable. Potentially pharmacists have the skills to ameliorate this<br />

problem by identifying existing and potential drug therapy problems likely to cause<br />

harm, a reduction in the quality of life, or death. “<br />

It went on to say that:<br />

“Clinical advisory pharmacists are recognised as having the qualifications, skills and<br />

abilities to work in a variety of specialist roles. The services provided focus on<br />

optimising medicines-related health outcomes for individual patients and working to<br />

reduce existing and potential drug therapy problems from a population based health<br />

perspective,<br />

These roles may include:<br />

• Pharmacist facilitation<br />

• Comprehensive medication management (clinical medication reviews)<br />

• Medicines therapy assessment (eg. in rest homes, residential care)<br />

51 Linda Bryant and John Dunlop. Opening the Door on Community Pharmacy, , June 2009)<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 84


• Provision of patient specific medicines information<br />

• Undertaking clinical audits at practice level<br />

• Working with community pharmacists<br />

• Review of medicines for high-risk people discharged from hospital<br />

• PHO Performance Management<br />

• Undertaking or assisting with research initiatives<br />

• Collaborative Prescribing”<br />

In 2007 DHBNZ published the “<strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> National Pharmacists Framework” 52 . The<br />

executive summary of this document reads as follows:<br />

“Ministerial strategic documents highlight an opportunity for pharmacists to add value in the<br />

primary health care sector. The final framework describes existing dispensing services and five<br />

new services in two main themes:<br />

1. Information services comprised of:<br />

Health Education to patients.<br />

Medicines and Clinical Information Support to practitioners (this includes Clinical<br />

Advisory Pharmacist and Pharmacist Facilitation roles).<br />

2. Medicines review services.<br />

Medicines Use Review and Adherence Support (MUR), a four part review assessing<br />

the patient‟s use, understanding and adherence to their medication regimen. This<br />

service has been aligned with the NZ Pharmacy Council competency standards and<br />

titles.<br />

Medicines Therapy Assessment (MTA), a comprehensive clinical review of an<br />

individual patient‟s medication as part of a multidisciplinary team.<br />

Comprehensive Medicines Management (CMM), case based active management of<br />

changes and (future) pharmacist prescribing activities, as part of a multidisciplinary<br />

team.<br />

These new services aim to:<br />

Enable flexible implementation, eg. via District Health Boards (DHBs), or <strong>Primary</strong><br />

Health Organisations (PHOs), in line with available resources<br />

Promote optimal medicine related outcomes from medicines.<br />

Encourage multidisciplinary work practices, primary-primary and primary-secondary<br />

integration.<br />

Provide the prime tools in managing and ensuring value from pharmaceutical<br />

expenditure apart from PHARMAC supply and demand initiatives.<br />

Utilise the opportunity for enhanced access that community pharmacy offers for<br />

the promotion of public health and well-being and the encouragement of self-care.<br />

52 Elizabeth Plant & Ruth Rhodes. <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> National Pharmacist Services Framework, DHBNZ Pharmacy Advisory<br />

Group, 2007<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 85


Enable the optimisation of health by evaluating and addressing where possible, the<br />

medication management needs of local populations and individual patients.<br />

Enable the development of medication management services that enhance patient<br />

choice, access and convenience and provide a positive experience for patients and<br />

other providers of healthcare.<br />

Enable the provision of a range of clinically effective and cost-effective medication<br />

management services that build on the strengths of community pharmacy teams and<br />

that are provided within a multidisciplinary environment.<br />

Enable the development of an integrated approach to planning and commissioning of<br />

innovative medication management services that contribute to the development of<br />

primary health care and the optimisation of health outcomes regionally and<br />

nationally.<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Inability to “realise” savings<br />

made through more efficient<br />

and effective practice<br />

medium high Effective and ongoing monitoring and<br />

review to identify and attribute<br />

changes in volumes of referred<br />

services.<br />

Growth in patient need<br />

outstripping effectiveness<br />

and efficiency measures<br />

medium high See above.<br />

Linkages with other monitoring<br />

processes to determine improvement in<br />

wider health outcomes, (eg. avoidable<br />

hospital admissions).<br />

Increasing emphasis on long<br />

term condition management<br />

could lead to an increase in<br />

diagnostic testing and<br />

prescribing<br />

medium<br />

Close monitoring and evaluation of<br />

diagnostic testing and prescribing to<br />

determine the „desirability‟ of any<br />

specific increases or decreases in<br />

volumes.<br />

11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan:<br />

Dr. Tim Bolter (GP), Dr. Jocelyn Tracey (GP, <strong>Primary</strong>/Secondary Liaison), Phil Clark (Laboratory<br />

Manager), Nick Leach (Hospital Pharmacist), Wayne Champion (Corporate Services Manager,<br />

Acting Secondary Service Manager), Peter McIntosh (Senior Planning and Funding Analyst),<br />

Kerri Miedema, July Kilkelly and Lindy Mason (Community Pharmacists), Wayne Turp (GM<br />

Planning and Funding).<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 86


12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

A shared DHB, PHO steering group will oversee the implementation of this plan.<br />

13 Costs<br />

A full cost analysis of the implementation of this workstream will be developed after phase one,<br />

year one. However $30,000 for further data analysis has been included in the Investing in<br />

Change budget, Section 11.1 in the Business Case.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 87


Appendix Ten: Mental health<br />

This plan was written on the basis of funding being available to employ a Mental Health<br />

Co-ordinator in each (Integrated Family health Centre) IFHC. It became apparent on 23<br />

February that this funding was not going to be available. While aspects of this plan may<br />

still be able to be implemented within existing resources and funding, this will require<br />

discussion with, and support from, clinicians from community mental health services,<br />

primary mental heath services and primary care. Given the time available a revision to this<br />

plan was therefore not attempted; this will done by June 30, 2010.<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

Every West Coaster will be able to access the care and support they need to enjoy positive<br />

mental health and well being.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

This project aims to integrate mental health services and primary health care on the West<br />

Coast in a way that will result in better, sooner and more convenient services for patients,<br />

delivered from IFHCs.<br />

Changes in current service configurations include more seamless entry points for patients who<br />

require care and support for mental health issues, packages of care for those currently falling<br />

between primary and secondary services, shared care arrangements, improved discharge<br />

planning processes and delivery of secondary mental health and addiction service within IFHCs.<br />

A kaupapa Māori approach is incorporated into the plan. This will include enhanced information<br />

sharing and mental well being resources for both mental health professionals and service users.<br />

3 Current Situation and problem definition<br />

<br />

The <strong>Primary</strong> Mental Health Program, targeted at enrolled patients with mild to moderate<br />

mental health issues, has been operational on the West Coast for the past four years,<br />

with very good results and good integration with general practices. A strength of the<br />

program is that it does not purport to be a separate service but is an integral part of<br />

the general practice teams – „in the practice, of the practice, for the practice‟. Patients<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 88


emain under the care and management of their general practices, thus allowing a more<br />

holistic approach to well being with no stigma attached.<br />

Secondary mental health services on the West Coast currently provide services to more<br />

than 3% of the population. Services are mainly community based and include adult,<br />

psychiatric emergency, child and adolescent, alcohol and drug, and Māori mental health<br />

teams, with a small inpatient unit and family and consumer advisory services. There are<br />

close linkages with Canterbury regional specialty services (youth inpatient, mother and<br />

baby, eating disorders, detoxification services) and service users are able to access a<br />

range of NGO provided residential and support services.<br />

The Māori mental health team work alongside mental health service case managers to<br />

provide cultural support to clients of mental health service and support clinical<br />

processes to ensure they are delivered in a culturally appropriate manner.<br />

“Recognising the integral relationship between cultural identity as Māori and Māori<br />

wellbeing is a core element of a kaupapa Māori model of care. The term “Kaupapa Māori”<br />

refers to the culturally derived philosophy that underlies and is woven into all aspects of<br />

service delivery, with wellness for tangata whaiora Māori as the desired outcome 53 .”<br />

To date there has been limited integration of primary and secondary care mental health<br />

services on the West Coast because of the following reasons:<br />

- they have been established, funded and operated in very different ways in order<br />

to adhere to two distinct sets of criteria;<br />

- shortages of psychiatrists to help develop shared care systems, shortages of<br />

GPs with consequent lack of resource to take on a greater role;<br />

- primary mental health co-ordinator role has focused on assessments and not had<br />

capacity to take on a wider role;<br />

- the current patient pathway is only established as a one way track i.e. primary<br />

mental health team to secondary, no pathway back to primary mental health for<br />

brief intervention counselling;<br />

- current primary/secondary contracts add to the fragmentation of services due<br />

to their distinction between mild and moderate/severe.<br />

In terms of volumes, currently the adult community mental health services carry out 736<br />

community adult assessments and admit to their service 636 new patients per year. This<br />

excludes TACT team (449 assessments), inpatient (63), Alcohol & Drug Services and Child &<br />

Adolescent Mental Health Services (382). The PHO Mental Health team assessed 414 patients<br />

(aged 14 and above: 37 Māori) in 08/09 of whom 180 received Brief Intervention Counselling<br />

(BIC) of up to six sessions per person.<br />

Issues of current concern that may be able to be addressed as part of an initiative to better<br />

integrate mental health services are:<br />

lack of seamless entry for patients into the most appropriate pathways via a stepped<br />

care approach<br />

53 Te Haererenga mo te Whakaoranga 1996-2006. The Journey of Recovery for the <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong> Mental Health Sector.<br />

Mental Health Commission. Pg 157<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 89


lack of clarity in regard to roles of <strong>Primary</strong> Mental Health Co-ordinator has led to<br />

duplicate assessment processes provided by both primary and secondary mental health<br />

services<br />

lack of assistance for patients who need ongoing psychosocial support for a period of<br />

time but neither qualify for secondary services, nor are suitable for brief intervention<br />

counselling<br />

Māori in primary care do not have access to Māori mental health support workers; Māori<br />

in secondary services do not receive the option of having a Māori Psychologist<br />

lack of primary care involvement in discharge planning<br />

lack of information for GPs from secondary mental care on the patient‟s mental health<br />

management plan and medications, eg. difficulties arise when GPs are asked to provide<br />

repeat prescriptions<br />

lack of information for GPs from secondary mental care on the patient‟s management<br />

plan and medications eg difficulties arise when GPs are asked to provide repeat scripts<br />

no processes in place for shared care between primary and secondary care prior to<br />

discharge from secondary care (except for methadone programme)<br />

limited promotion of self care activities, eg. web based support programmes.<br />

The recently released guidance paper, Towards optimal primary mental health care in the new<br />

primary care environment 54 , provides a helpful guide for the further development of primary<br />

mental health services. It makes a case for the importance of integrating mental health into<br />

primary care:<br />

“The World Health Organisation (WHO) and World Organisation of Family <strong>Doctor</strong>s (Wonca) list seven<br />

central reasons for integrating mental health into primary care (WHO and Wonca 2008). These<br />

include:<br />

1. Th e b urd en o f m en t al d isord ers is gr eat<br />

2. Men t al an d p h ysical h ealt h p r ob lem s are int er w o ven<br />

3. Th e t r eat m ent gap f o r m ent al d isord er s is en or m o us<br />

4. Pr im ar y care f or m ent al healt h en h an ces access<br />

5. Pr im ar y care f or m ent al healt h p r o m ot es resp ect of h um an r ight s<br />

6. Pr im ar y care f or m ent al healt h is af f o rd ab le and cost ef f ect ive<br />

7. Pr im ar y care f or m ent al healt h generat es good h ealt h o ut co m es”<br />

This paper describes an optimal service user pathway in primary care as follows:<br />

54 Ministry of Health. Towards optimal primary mental health care in the new primary care environment. MoH,<br />

Wellington, 2009.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 90


Service user pathways in an optimal primary mental health initiative (Dowell et al 2009)<br />

The role of the coordinator is further described:<br />

“Role of primary mental health coordinators<br />

The PMHC role involves a combination of service development, screening and assessment, referral,<br />

brief intervention, and mentoring existing primary care staff. Coordinators with clinical skills often<br />

carry a caseload and use a variety of psychological and other therapeutic techniques.<br />

An important role for PMHCs is care coordination for patients who have complex social needs and for<br />

whom multiple agencies might be involved. Related to the care coordination role, it is also important<br />

that PMHCs are good „connectors‟. They assess people referred from GPs or other primary care<br />

providers, identify clinical and social needs, and find appropriate services to meet those needs.<br />

Other key roles of PMHCs are:<br />

facilitating better working relationships and integration between primary and secondary mental<br />

health and AOD services<br />

visiting or liaising with key NGOs and social services to obtain up-to-date information on the<br />

services they offer and their referral criteria<br />

organising training for practice staff<br />

advocacy for service users with complex social needs – a key focus of intervention may be to<br />

assist patients with obtaining benefits and entitlements, or with obtaining transport services, or<br />

providing advice about the support available for victims of domestic violence<br />

project management – developing policies and procedures, designing referral and other forms,<br />

recruiting staff, etc.<br />

It is recommended that the primary health care sector move towards employing PMHCs with the<br />

clinical skills to conduct assessments, triaging, and brief mental health and/or substance use<br />

interventions. This is consistent with a stepped care approach because it enables the patient to<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 91


eceive a brief intervention from the PMHC rather than (or prior to) a more expensive package of care.<br />

The clinical positions require some administrative support (eg., project management, paperwork<br />

involved in referring patients to different non-government organisations, scoring questionnaires,<br />

monitoring). Therefore there is also a need for non-clinical roles to provide this support.”<br />

This provides an appropriate blue print for the West Coast for further development and<br />

integration of mental health services.<br />

4 Objectives<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

To improve patient care by better integration between community mental health<br />

services and primary health care and more collaboration amongst primary mental health,<br />

secondary mental health, NGOs and social services.<br />

To continue to support general practice teams to provide screening, initial assessments,<br />

and extended consultations.<br />

To develop a common set of assessment processes.<br />

To develop a primary care based assessment service for all new adult patients (except<br />

those referred acutely to the TACT team) .<br />

To develop the primary mental health co-ordinator role.<br />

to develop stepped care pathways and packages of care for patients with different<br />

levels of severity and complexity, including shared care arrangements.<br />

To re-design discharge planning processes to include primary care.<br />

To extend the Kaupapa Māori mental health service to include tangata whai ora in both<br />

primary and secondary mental health care settings.<br />

To improve the patient pathway for Māori by establishing a whanau ora approach to the<br />

delivery of services.<br />

To develop a population health approach for all mental health services with service<br />

delivery focused on the enrolled population in each IFHC.<br />

to increase mental health promotional activities and support for self care.<br />

5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator<br />

Number of primary mental health<br />

co-ordinators appointed<br />

Single point of entry to mental<br />

health services<br />

Number of Multi Disciplinary Team<br />

meetings within practices / IFHCs<br />

Baseline<br />

09 year<br />

Target – End<br />

Yr 1<br />

Year 2 Year 3<br />

1 3 3 3<br />

Not in<br />

place<br />

Established<br />

Continued<br />

and revised<br />

Continued<br />

1/mth 3/mth 6/mth 6/mth<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 92


Model for shared care pathways<br />

developed<br />

Shared discharge planning<br />

processes in place<br />

Number of adult community<br />

referrals processed<br />

Number of adult assessments done<br />

by MH co-ordinator<br />

Number of adult assessments done<br />

by Community MH<br />

Number of patients receiving BIC<br />

in primary care<br />

Number of patients receiving<br />

extended primary care consults<br />

Number of patients receiving<br />

other community based packages<br />

of care<br />

Number of patients admitted to<br />

specialist services<br />

Not in<br />

place<br />

Not in<br />

place<br />

Established<br />

Established<br />

Continued<br />

and revised<br />

Continued<br />

and revised<br />

Continued<br />

Continued<br />

1150 1150 1100 1050<br />

414<br />

814 950 1050<br />

Māori: 37<br />

736 436 150 0<br />

180<br />

180 150 150<br />

Māori: 10%<br />

79 100 120 140<br />

0 50<br />

Māori: 8<br />

636<br />

Māori:TBC<br />

Number of patients in shared care 10<br />

Māori: 2<br />

Numbers of tangata whai ora<br />

TBD<br />

accessing Kaupapa Māori mental<br />

health services<br />

100<br />

Māori: 15<br />

100<br />

Māori: 15<br />

610 580 540<br />

100<br />

Māori: 15<br />

150<br />

Māori:22<br />

300<br />

Māori:45<br />

Outcome measures<br />

Indicator<br />

% improvement in GHQ12 pre and<br />

post BIC<br />

HoNOS T10/12 scores %<br />

improvement entry to discharge<br />

Knowing the people planning (KPP)<br />

targets:<br />

Increase in the number of KPP<br />

clients in a shared care<br />

arrangement with mental health<br />

services and GP<br />

Increased number of KPP clients<br />

participating in metabolic<br />

monitoring<br />

Baseline<br />

at Dec 09<br />

Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

78% >75% >75% >75%<br />

80% > 90% > 90% > 90%<br />

5%<br />

0%<br />

15%<br />

15%<br />

30%<br />

30%<br />

50 %<br />

50%<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 93


6 Deliverables / activities<br />

Following the WHO model 55 , patients in primary health care with mental health problems will<br />

have their health needs identified and assessed and will be offered effective treatments,<br />

including referral to specialist services for further assessment, treatment and care, if they<br />

require it.<br />

To achieve this standard, each primary care group will need to work with the support of<br />

specialised mental health services to:<br />

develop the resources within each practice to assess mental health needs<br />

develop the resources to work with diverse groups in the population<br />

develop the skills and competencies to manage common mental health problems<br />

agree the arrangements for referral for assessment, advice or treatment and care<br />

have the skills and necessary organisational systems to provide the physical healthcare<br />

and other primary care support needed, as agreed in their care plan, for people with<br />

severe mental illness.<br />

This plan works towards a model of care that includes in the short term:<br />

single point of entry for those referred to mental health services 56<br />

primary mental health co-ordinators review all adult community referrals, and make the<br />

decision as to whether the initial assessment is best carried out by themselves or the<br />

specialist MH team<br />

an increase overtime in the assessments done in primary care until all are done by the<br />

coordinators<br />

provision of different packages of care available depending on need and ethnicity,<br />

ranging from community support to psychiatric assessment<br />

increased access by tangata whaiora to Kaupapa Māori mental health services<br />

development of processes for shared care<br />

review of discharge planning processes with the IFHC teams<br />

all mental health workers seeing patients within IFHCs.<br />

Integration of primary and secondary mental health services within IFHCs will be explored in<br />

year two.<br />

55 DoH (1999) „A National Service Framework for Mental Health: Modern Standards and Service Models‟. London<br />

accessed on 16/2/2010 at<br />

http://www.dh.gov.uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/@dh/@en/documents/digitalasset/dh_4077209.pdf<br />

56 Patients assessed by General Practice Teams as needing only Brief Intervention Counselling (BIC), and meeting<br />

specified entry criteria, will go directly to BIC providers<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 94


Implementation plan: to June 30<br />

Development of the Mental Health Co-ordinator role<br />

develop job descriptions and competencies required based on the role expectations<br />

outlined in the guidance paper<br />

identify FTEs required in Greymouth, Buller and Hokitika<br />

identify potential funding stream and transition of human resource<br />

develop assessment procedures: screening for anxiety and mood disorders, screening<br />

for substance use disorders, detailed comprehensive assessment when clinically<br />

indicated<br />

develop patient pathways for all new referrals to mental health services<br />

identify resource requirements for extending maupapa Māori Mental Health service to<br />

include tangata whai ora in primary settings<br />

develop a range of „packages of care‟, eg. brief intervention counselling provided by the<br />

co-ordinator, ongoing psychosocial support provided by the co-ordinator, client referred<br />

to community based support with or without ongoing review by co-ordinator, brief<br />

intervention counselling provided by primary mental health psychologist/ counsellor,<br />

client is referred for management to secondary mental health services, „shared care‟<br />

arrangements are supported by the co-ordinator.<br />

Enhance general practice team roles<br />

develop a pathway for selected patients who require only brief intervention counselling<br />

from psychologist/counsellor to be assessed by the general practice team and to access<br />

this counselling directly<br />

provide further training in screening and assessment to general practice teams<br />

up-skill nursing team in management of anxiety/panic/depression.<br />

Greater integration between secondary services and general practice teams<br />

enhance the psychiatric consultant liaison role to support GPs, providing phone support,<br />

educational sessions, medication reviews<br />

implement primary/secondary Multi Disciplinary Team meetings.<br />

Support for patient self care<br />

widely distribute PHO developed self help materials in a variety of formats<br />

promote approved mental well being resources supplied by CPH and available for patients<br />

and health professionals at IFHCs.<br />

create link to Community & Public Health website on PHO website<br />

enhance access to web based patient support programmes via publicity campaign eg.<br />

www.healthnavigator.org.nz, access to Monkey See DVDs<br />

develop links between primary mental health professionals and mental health promoters<br />

develop closer linkages with community agencies eg. PACT, Richmond Fellowship, Te Ara<br />

Mahi, Homebuilders and Focus Trust etc.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 95


Year one:<br />

Co-ordinator role:<br />

three co-ordinators appointed and based in Buller, Greymouth and Westland<br />

two monthly review steering group sessions to review and refine processes and roles.<br />

Discharge planning process:<br />

set up mental health discharge planning process, levering off the generic project<br />

develop a plan for change<br />

consult widely among primary and secondary care providers and consumers<br />

revise plan<br />

put new processes in place<br />

review six months later.<br />

Shared care:<br />

establish a planning group that includes consumer, whanau and Māori representation<br />

review current contracts and funding models<br />

develop model and processes for shared care, ie. reviews; agreed role boundaries; clinical<br />

accountability and responsibilities<br />

consult widely among primary and secondary care providers and consumers<br />

revise plan<br />

pilot processes in one region<br />

review and revise<br />

pilot processes<br />

transition of support workers to primary care.<br />

Brief intervention:<br />

review age group covered by primary care youth counsellor (14 – 18).<br />

Improving integration:<br />

allocate a secondary mental health team member liaison person for each practice/IFHC<br />

where facilities allow co-locate secondary mental health team in IFHCs.<br />

Addressing physical health needs:<br />

develop and implement annual health checks for long term mental health patients at<br />

their IFHC<br />

fund and encourage flu vaccinations for long term mental health patients.<br />

Extending kaupapa Māori Mental Health service:<br />

kaupapa Māori mental health services include service provision for Māori clients in<br />

primary health settings.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 96


Year two<br />

Review progress, outcome measures and adapt plan<br />

Alcohol and Drug:<br />

<br />

review the patient pathway for alcohol, drug and other addictions.<br />

Integration:<br />

develop shared patient record systems<br />

review the ownership, management and organisational accountabilities for primary and<br />

secondary mental health services to consider whether both should be merged with<br />

IFHCs (some service will need to be district wide, eg. Child and AdolescentMental<br />

Health Services).<br />

Professional development activities:<br />

<br />

integrate activities across the services.<br />

Shared care:<br />

review pilot processes and refine process for shared care<br />

roll out across the region.<br />

Support for patient self care:<br />

further up-skilling of staff in self management education<br />

review availability of self management education and support and consider establishment<br />

of group self management education.<br />

Year three<br />

Review progress, outcome measures and adapt plan.<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

Current configuration of adult secondary care community mental health into three teams will<br />

align well with the IFHC model and provide the capability and capacity required to deliver<br />

services to each of the three IFHCs.<br />

Current primary mental health services are delivered within general practices, and will in the<br />

future be delivered from IFHCs.<br />

Greater involvement of GPs and primary care nurses in shared care and discharge planning are<br />

dependent on current workforce issues being addressed.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 97


Further professional development for core general practice teams will be required.<br />

Increase in the Māori workforce will be required to effectively deliver kaupapa Māori services.<br />

8 Effect on inequalities<br />

Māori and low socio-economic people are over represented in mental health clientele.<br />

The Māori mental health team will work alongside the primary and secondary mental health<br />

services to ensure that clients receive a culturally appropriate service.<br />

Locating mental health services in IFHCs will help reduce the stigma and marginalisation of<br />

those presenting with mental health problems, particularly those with addictions. It will also<br />

help them to access the physical care they need from their primary health care team.<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

Aspects of this plan follow the recently released guidance paper, Towards optimal primary<br />

mental health care in the new primary care environment 57 .<br />

Placement of mental health workers within primary care has been the subject of a significant<br />

body of research. A recent Cochrane review of 42 studies 58 concluded:<br />

“This review investigated whether having mental health workers on-site to work with physicians<br />

at their offices would change the care that physicians provide. Forty-two studies were reviewed<br />

in which on-site mental health workers, such as counsellors or psychiatrists, worked alongside<br />

physicians to provide therapy to patients. The review found that when there were mental health<br />

workers on-site, patients may reduce the number of visits to their doctors; doctors may reduce<br />

how often they refer patients to off-site mental health specialists; doctors may reduce the<br />

number of drugs they prescribe to the patients who see the mental health workers; and the<br />

costs related to those drugs may be lower. However, these reductions were small and not found<br />

consistently in all the studies.”<br />

57 Ministry of Health. Towards optimal primary mental health care in the new primary care environment. MoH,<br />

Wellington, 2009.<br />

58 Harkness EF, Bower PJ. On-site mental health workers delivering psychological therapy and psychosocial<br />

interventions to patients in primary care: effects on the professional practice of primary care providers. Cochrane<br />

Database of Systematic Reviews 2009, Issue 1. Art. No.: CD000532. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD000532.pub2.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 98


10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Lack of clear clinical<br />

accountability for<br />

High High Establish robust guidelines re shared<br />

care arrangements.<br />

treatment<br />

Coordinator role<br />

loses focus<br />

Moderate High Ensure sufficient resource is available<br />

for role function.<br />

No capacity for GPs<br />

and nurses to take on<br />

wider role<br />

Moderate High See workforce plan.<br />

11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan: Hecta Williams, Anne Tacon, Shona McLeod, Bev Barron,<br />

Lois Scott, David Stoner, Jocelyn Tracey, Bryan Geer.<br />

Other clinicians involved: Paul Cooper.<br />

12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

The shared steering group continues to further develop and oversee the implementation of this<br />

project plan. In the short term organisational accountabilities remain the same, however after<br />

the review in year two this might change, depending on the results of the review.<br />

13 Budget<br />

2009/10 2010/11<br />

<strong>Primary</strong> Mental Health<br />

MH BIC $186,878 $186,878<br />

Child & Adolescent $90,000 $90,000<br />

Liaison/ Coordination $96,878 $290,634<br />

Discharge Planning Meetings<br />

-<br />

$5,000<br />

(50 patients with 1 meeting<br />

$100/meetings)<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 99


Shared <strong>Care</strong> MDT‟s<br />

-<br />

Long Term MHS users –<br />

Physical Health<br />

$40,000<br />

(100 patients with 4 meetings/pa<br />

@$100 per 50meetings)<br />

$ 25,000<br />

(350 annual checks @ $65 & seasonal<br />

influenza vaccinations)<br />

Community Providers $ 2,164,717 $3,007,422<br />

Secondary Mental Health $9,358,288 $7,863,577<br />

Secondary IDFs $788,675 $788,675<br />

TOTAL $12,619,960 $12,199,960<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 100


Appendix Eleven: Frail older people<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

Frail older people and others with long term disabling conditions will be able to access support<br />

services that are timely, flexible and appropriate to their individual needs and those of their<br />

carers.<br />

The pathway of care among primary, secondary and community based services for older people<br />

and those with long term disabling conditions will operate smoothly with excellent informationsharing<br />

among all services and with people and their families.<br />

All health and support service workers will be proactive in helping the person and their carers<br />

maintain and regain their functional abilities and prevent further illness or injury.<br />

2 Problem definition<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Lack of clarity/agreement on appropriate pathway of care for frail older people, within<br />

Grey Hospital as well as between hospital and primary health services and home based<br />

and residential care services.<br />

Stroke patients not transferred to specialist care soon enough and sometimes not at all,<br />

and national stroke guidelines have not yet been adopted.<br />

Opportunities missed for keeping frail older people fit and well and preventing admission<br />

to the acute hospital and to long term residential care – lack of a pro-active approach to<br />

reducing the risks of avoidable hospital admission or rest home entry.<br />

Frail older patients admitted to the acute medical and surgical wards or presenting at<br />

ED are not always appropriately referred to specialist Health of Older Peoples services.<br />

Lack of a shared client information system even among DHB services, let alone primary<br />

care, home support or residential care.<br />

Lack of step down beds for convalescence and slow stream rehabilitation, and continued<br />

inappropriate use of long term respite care and carer support budgets for this purpose.<br />

Over use of long term residential care (particularly rest home level) due to under<br />

development of home based alternatives, (eg. flexible homecare packages, planned<br />

respite, dementia day care, support for carers).<br />

Under development of home support services – most carers are untrained and casual,<br />

with limited supervision or linkage to district nursing, community allied health, <strong>Care</strong> Link<br />

or primary health services. Home support agencies cannot always provide staff for<br />

high/complex packages<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 101


Underdevelopment of support for carers – local voluntary agencies are barely<br />

sustainable as the Coast population is not large enough to support services that would be<br />

available in bigger centres, (eg. age concern befriending, continence education, dementia<br />

support). <strong>Care</strong>r burnout contributes to the relatively high rate of rest home entry.<br />

Many health and support workers and many clients still hold to a traditional dependency<br />

and entitlement model for rest home and home support services and there is limited<br />

implementation of a restorative model as yet.<br />

Very limited availability of allied health staff for community based work, (eg. supervising<br />

home carers in home based rehabilitation programmes, responding to GP referrals),<br />

reflected in high rate of inpatient admission to AT&R ward.<br />

Residential aged care facilities (in Greymouth) have had limited access to general<br />

practitioner services, reflected in a relatively high rate of referrals to the acute<br />

services. <strong>Primary</strong> health care received by residential care residents is sometimes suboptimal<br />

and would benefit from greater input from medical staff with specialist<br />

knowledge of older peoples health, including dementia.<br />

A number of residential aged care facilities have had a continued shortage of registered<br />

nurses, which has repeatedly compromised quality of care.<br />

3 OBJECTIVES<br />

Set up a clear pathway for accessing primary and community services. This would include:<br />

A hub of shared client information available to all health and support services – GPs,<br />

practice nurses, district nurses, <strong>Care</strong> Link, ward staff, allied health, residential care,<br />

home care agencies etc. This includes InterRAI and other assessments.<br />

A triage function for logging all cases and sending simple routine cases directly to the<br />

appropriate service while ensuring complex cases receive multidisciplinary assessment,<br />

case management through Chronic Conditions Programme and/or <strong>Care</strong> Link, and/or<br />

referral to specialist services<br />

Clear, agreed protocols for accessing services<br />

Co-locate <strong>Care</strong> Link with the Integrated Family Health Centres (IFHC), and link staff to<br />

specific primary health teams, thereby giving those teams easy access to expert assessment<br />

(InterRAI), community-based support packages and a case management function for people with<br />

long-term disabling conditions.<br />

Set up a restorative home-based support service based on need, accessed through <strong>Care</strong> Link and<br />

closely linked to primary and community health services:<br />

Home care workers having close connection to primary health services, community<br />

nursing and allied health, in some cases working under supervision to help clients do the<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 102


ehab and treatment programmes that occupational therapists, physios, GPs etc have<br />

prescribed.<br />

<br />

<br />

All relevant health and support workers (in primary, hospital, community and residential<br />

services) trained in a restorative goal based model of care that focuses on the client<br />

being helped to regain and maintain their function and on proactively preventing illness<br />

and injury (eg. falls prevention, flu immunisation, timely equipment, active continence<br />

management and other ways of preventing carer burnout).<br />

Include a strong focus on supporting carers to prevent/reduce care burnout – <strong>Care</strong> Link<br />

will use long term funding for carer support more flexibly to support carers and<br />

voluntary patient support agencies.<br />

Make best use of specialist Health of Older People (AT&R) resources:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Set up clear pathways to ensure timely transfer to specialist services for frail older<br />

people and anyone with a stroke.<br />

Set up step-down/admission avoidance beds in the main centres<br />

A greater proportion of AT&R staff time available for consultation and support for<br />

primary health services, home care services and residential care.<br />

4 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr Year 2 Year 3<br />

1<br />

Percentage of stroke patients Nil 25% 100% 100%<br />

transferred to specialist stroke<br />

team<br />

Pathways implemented for the<br />

appropriate care of frail older<br />

people admitted to<br />

medical/surgical wards<br />

No Yes Yes Yes<br />

Number of people with high falls<br />

risk receiving ACC-funded falls<br />

prevention programmes (55+ years<br />

Māori, 65+ years non-Māori)<br />

Shared client record can be<br />

accessed by all appropriate staff<br />

working in primary health,<br />

community, hospital and residential<br />

care services<br />

Percentage of people receiving<br />

NASC assessment within the<br />

appropriate timeframe<br />

Single point of entry and clear<br />

pathway exists for access to all<br />

community services<br />

30 in<br />

Greymouth<br />

& Hokitika<br />

in 2009-10<br />

75<br />

throughout<br />

Coast<br />

100<br />

throughout<br />

Coast<br />

No Partially Partially Fully<br />

90% 100% 100% 100%<br />

No Partially Partially Fully<br />

100<br />

throughout<br />

Coast<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 103


Outcome measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr<br />

1<br />

Rate of admission for falls-related<br />

fracture, for people aged 75+<br />

years, over 3 year rolling period<br />

Average length of stay in specialist<br />

Health of Older People (AT&R)<br />

service<br />

Rates of re-admission to acute<br />

hospital care over a 6-month<br />

period for people aged 75+<br />

Rate of „frequent fliers‟ (6+ acute<br />

hospital admissions per year) for<br />

people aged 75+<br />

Rate of admission to permanent<br />

rest home level care per capita of<br />

people aged 75+ years<br />

Rate of ambulatory sensitive<br />

admissions 45-74 years<br />

<strong>Care</strong>r stress as measured by<br />

average years duration of<br />

employment for carers<br />

TBC<br />

TBC<br />

TBC<br />

TBC<br />

5.98%<br />

(July-Dec<br />

2009)<br />

TBC<br />

Not yet<br />

measured.<br />

Same as<br />

baseline<br />

Same as<br />

baseline<br />

Same as<br />

baseline<br />

Same as<br />

baseline<br />

Year 2 Year 3<br />

5% reduction<br />

on baseline<br />

5% reduction<br />

on baseline<br />

5% reduction<br />

on baseline<br />

5% reduction<br />

on baseline<br />

5.75% 5.5% 5.0%<br />

Same as<br />

baseline<br />

5% reduction<br />

on baseline<br />

5%<br />

reduction on<br />

baseline<br />

10%<br />

reduction on<br />

baseline<br />

10%<br />

reduction on<br />

baseline<br />

10%<br />

reduction on<br />

baseline<br />

5%<br />

reduction on<br />

baseline<br />

Baseline Baseline 5%<br />

reduction on<br />

baseline<br />

5 Deliverable / activities<br />

Implementation plan:<br />

To June 30<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Identify the process, timeframe, resources and accountabilities for establishing a<br />

single shared patient record that is available to all appropriate primary, community,<br />

hospital and residential care staff.<br />

Introduce clinical protocols whereby stroke patients and frail older people admitted to<br />

Grey Hospital are routinely referred to the specialist Health of Older People Service<br />

(AT&R), with their primary health teams and case managers being alerted electronically<br />

Progress the planned changes to a restorative model of homecare that have already<br />

started, aligning with similar work by Nelson Marlborough and Canterbury DHBs<br />

Complete implementation of InterRAI at <strong>Care</strong> Link and ensure read-only access to at<br />

least other DHB services<br />

Set up a robust budget management system for the long-term support services<br />

accessed through <strong>Care</strong> Link, and a plan for linking InterRAI data to volumes and<br />

expenditure data<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 104


Year one:<br />

Maintain and continue the initiatives up to June 30 and also:<br />

Identify patient pathways for older people, especially those disabled by frailty and<br />

medical conditions. Create a simple, easy-to-use process for all health and support<br />

workers to access community and primary services, including primary health services,<br />

community nursing and allied health, palliative care, clinical nurse and allied health<br />

specialists, and needs assessment/service coordination for short term and long term<br />

support services, including mental health support services.<br />

Extend InterRAI read-only access to non DHB health and support services, including<br />

primary health teams, home support agencies and residential care facilities.<br />

Set up a case management function for complex older clients by linking <strong>Care</strong> Link NASC<br />

staff more closely to each primary care team to provide expert multidisciplinary needs<br />

assessment and to ensure each client has a key worker to coordinate the treatment,<br />

rehabilitation and support provided at home. This would work closely with the Chronic<br />

Conditions Programme – „frail complex older people‟ treated as one more Chronic<br />

Condition.<br />

Set up a medical and geriatric nurse specialist rotation among primary health teams,<br />

<strong>Care</strong> Link and specialist Health of Older People service (AT&R)<br />

Reconfigure AT&R service to enable greater input to primary health teams, community<br />

services and residential care facilities<br />

Set tight criteria for access to long term support services, based on reliable data and<br />

ongoing consultation with all stakeholders<br />

Change relevant protocols and contractual arrangements to allow greater allied health<br />

and nurse specialists input to home support agencies and residential care facilities<br />

Explore the best way of providing step-down beds in the main centres for admission<br />

avoidance, convalescence and slow stream rehabilitation (in the light of the experience<br />

at Waikato and Wairarapa DHBs).<br />

Prepare a <strong>Care</strong>r Support Strategy and Action Plan that identifies needs, proposes<br />

service changes and allocates funding for services to support carers.<br />

Pharmacist support:<br />

- for patients managing well – prescription dispensing, brief counseling/education<br />

as medicines added or adjusted;<br />

- supporting self management – Medication Utilization reviews and compliance aid<br />

provision as necessary;<br />

- for those requiring integrated services: compliance packaging – picked up or<br />

delivered to home or sometimes District Nursing, reminders to visit GP for three<br />

monthly prescription, liaison with hospital and GP practice at discharge, follow-up<br />

if (blister-packed) medications not collected. Scope for comprehensive<br />

medication review at this level;<br />

- General support – pharmacist involvement with various support groups, eg.<br />

cardiac and respiratory, answering patient questions, providing smoking cessation<br />

services, referral of patients to other providers, eg. diabetes nurse educator or<br />

general practice.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 105


Year two<br />

Maintain and continue the initiatives from year one and also:<br />

implement the Single Shared Patient record<br />

implement a restorative model of homecare, with greater allied health and nursing<br />

input, stronger connection to the primary health team, more skilled carers and services<br />

tailored flexibly to the needs of clients and their carers<br />

set up training in the restorative goal-based approach for all people working in health<br />

and support services for older people, linked to what Canterbury and Nelson are doing<br />

reconfigure allied health services to enable greater input to primary health teams,<br />

community services and residential care facilities<br />

establish step-down beds<br />

implement the <strong>Care</strong>r Support Action Plan<br />

extend medical an specialist nurse rotation to residential care facilities.<br />

Year three<br />

Maintain and continue the initiatives from year one and also:<br />

co-locate <strong>Care</strong> Link with the other primary and community services in the IFHC<br />

plan to move to a case-mix model of funding long term support services, based on work<br />

done by Canterbury and Auckland DHBs.<br />

6 Capability and capacity<br />

These changes are more to do with how people work and changes of treatment model than actual<br />

increase in numbers.<br />

There is a need for further upskilling of the home care workforce.<br />

7 Effect on inequalities<br />

West Coast older people will gain access to home-based and specialist health of older people<br />

services that are more similar to that available in most other areas of NZ.<br />

These changes are based on a proactive and preventive model of care for older people and their<br />

families/carers. This is highly likely to reduce the rate of illness, injury and disability, thereby<br />

reducing the rate of hospital admission and long term residential care. West Coast older<br />

people, like the rest of the West Coast population, have a higher rate of illness and injury than<br />

the NZ average, so any improvement will reduce inequalities.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 106


Māori have a higher incidence of most chronic health conditions and a higher need for long term<br />

support from a lower age, and so will benefit most from a more proactive and preventive<br />

approach to older people‟s care. The number of older Māori on the West Coast is increasing.<br />

The proposals described above will help develop services that are acceptable to Māori and<br />

effective in helping them maintain their health and fitness.<br />

8 Evidence for this initiative<br />

Evidence of the cost-effectiveness of integrating primary, community and hospital/specialist<br />

and residential care services, using a single point of entry, multidisciplinary assessment and case<br />

management to ensure that older people experience a smooth pathway among services, can be<br />

found in:<br />

The research underpinning the NZ Ministry of Health‟s Health of Older People Strategy and<br />

integrated continuum of care concept (2002 – www.moh.govt.nz/publications/hops), such as<br />

the Aged <strong>Care</strong> Literature Review on the Coordination and Integration of Services (2001<br />

www.moh.govt.nz/moh.nsf/pagesmh/6127/$File/aged-care-literature-review.pdf )<br />

UK NHS standards for older persons services, and UK evaluation of the NHS intermediate<br />

care initiative - see www.dh.gov.uk/en/Social<strong>Care</strong>/Deliveringadultsocialcare/Olderpeople/<br />

DH_4073597<br />

A major Canadian literature review: MacAdam M (2008) Frameworks of Integrated <strong>Care</strong> for<br />

the Elderly – a systematic review. See www.cprn.com/documents/49813_FR.pdf<br />

Much other overseas literature – see Wainwright T (2003), Home Thoughts from Abroad - a<br />

literature review of the cost-effectiveness of home care - see<br />

http://nzhta.chmeds.ac.nz/publications/home_care.pdf<br />

Evidence for the importance of a goal-based restorative model of home/community-based care,<br />

can be found in:<br />

A number of reports from Auckland University‟s multi-DHB study of the implementation of a<br />

restorative approach in older people‟s health and long-term support services – see<br />

www.fmhs.auckland.ac.nz/son/research/default.aspx<br />

Much overseas work on the value of community-based rehabilitation and on goal setting – see<br />

for example Kroemer DJ et al (2004). Acute transitional alliance – rehabilitation at the<br />

acute/aged care interface. Aust Health Review 28(3) 266-274 www.aushealthreview.com.au/<br />

publications/articles/issues/ahr_28_3_131204/ahr_28_3_266-274.html<br />

The rationale for moving to a community-focused specialist Health of Older Peoples (AT&R)<br />

service can be found in the NZ Guideline for Specialist Health Services for Older people – see<br />

www.moh.govt.nz/moh.nsf/pagesmh/3474<br />

The rationale for adopting the NZ national stroke guidelines (2003) may be found in the<br />

guideline at www.nzgg.org.nz/guidelines/dsp_guideline_popup.cfm?guidelineID=37<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 107


The rationale for implementing InterRAI may be found in the many reports on interRAI and<br />

assessment tools produced by the Ministry of Health and other organisations since 2003 - see<br />

www.moh.govt.nz/moh.nsf/indexmh/hop-projects-assessmentandservicecoordination<br />

9 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Lack of strong management<br />

or clinical champions for a<br />

new model of Older Peoples<br />

High Medium Discuss within EOI process.<br />

Consider basing HOP service in the<br />

community, working into the hospital.<br />

Health services<br />

Service changes span<br />

several management/<br />

funding silos, making DHB<br />

High High Discuss within EOI process.<br />

Consider basing HOP service in the<br />

community, working into the hospital.<br />

decisions difficult<br />

Many clinical staff work to<br />

a traditional model of care<br />

for older people<br />

Medium Medium Use <strong>Care</strong> Link and InterRAI to drive<br />

changes on a case by case clinical<br />

basis.<br />

Involve sector in restorative training<br />

scheme eg SMART.<br />

Difficulty in moving funding<br />

because of deficit<br />

Medium Medium Discuss in EOI process and get DHB<br />

commitment.<br />

constraints<br />

Lack of connection between<br />

PHO and its primary health<br />

care programmes and what<br />

<strong>Care</strong> Link and DHB has<br />

been doing in HOP<br />

Medium Medium Use EOI process to get greater<br />

involvement and buy-in among<br />

stakeholders.<br />

10 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan: Hecta Williams, Robyn McLachlan, Diane Brockbank,<br />

Helen Rzepecky, Torfrida Wainwright<br />

Other clinicians involved: Tim Bolter, Jocelyn Tracey<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 108


11 Organisational accountabilities<br />

West Coast DHB GM <strong>Primary</strong> and Community Services is accountable for:<br />

changes to <strong>Care</strong> Link location, working methods, and implementation of InterRAI<br />

changes to do with community based nurses and clinical nurse specialists (?)<br />

establishment of step-down beds at Westport and Reefton.<br />

West Coast DHB GM Planning & Funding is accountable for:<br />

the change to a restorative home support service<br />

budget management processes for long-term support services<br />

initiating a <strong>Care</strong>r Support Strategy and Action Plan.<br />

West Coast DHB GM Secondary Services is accountable for:<br />

changes to AT&R services<br />

establishment of step-down beds in Greymouth (if hospital-based)<br />

changes to do with allied health staff.<br />

12 Costs<br />

An increase in community allied health FTEs has been budgeted within the <strong>Care</strong> Link and long<br />

term home support budgets as part of the change to a restorative model of home care.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 109


Appendix Twelve: Workforce<br />

1. Aspirational statement<br />

The Integrated Family Health Centres (IFHCs) will be centres of rural excellence that have the<br />

capacity and capability to meet the health care needs of the people of the West Coast, and are<br />

attractive and rewarding work environments both the current and future workforce.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

Because of the current difficulties recruiting and retaining core general practice staff, with<br />

consequent major access difficulties for patients to primary care, the first year of this plan<br />

focuses on detailed workforce planning for the core general practice team workforce.<br />

During 2010/11 detailed planning will take place to extend the project to include other members<br />

of the multi disciplinary team (MDT) within the Integrated Family Health Services.<br />

The plan covers activities to enhance retention, recruitment, professional development and<br />

quality improvement, including the need to develop a centre of excellence for health provider<br />

training, in part to support recruitment and retention.<br />

3 Problem definition<br />

Current issues that need to be addressed are:<br />

The number of permanent GPs is low: currently there is one GP per 2000 people,<br />

including locums.<br />

There is currently one nurse per 1180 people, a low ratio considering the extent of<br />

remote rural areas covered by rural nurses.<br />

There are continuing difficulty getting GP and nurse locum cover and making new<br />

appointments.<br />

There is a high dependence on GP locums with subsequent lack of continuity and<br />

consistency of care.<br />

Long waiting times often exist for appointments.<br />

This adds to the workload of other primary care providers, eg. pharmacists.<br />

In many areas there is a dependence on nurses for first line care, without always<br />

providing adequate training and support.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 110


There are often vacancies for allied health and community nursing roles, with disruptions<br />

in service delivery as a result.<br />

Under representation of Māori working within the West Coast Health & Disability<br />

workforce.<br />

Currently there are 8 vacant positions for GPs, 4.7 for nurses and none for practice managers or<br />

admin/receptionists, as shown in the following table:<br />

General practice full time equivalent (FTE) positions on the West Coast<br />

Current<br />

FTEs<br />

Vacant<br />

FTEs<br />

Total<br />

Patients<br />

per staff<br />

member now<br />

Patients per staff<br />

member if all positions<br />

filled<br />

GPs 15.35 8 23.35 2020 1328<br />

Nurses 26.3 4.7 31 1179 1000<br />

Practice Manager 5.35 0 5.35 5794 5794<br />

Admin/<br />

Receptionist 22 0 22 1409 1409<br />

When these numbers were collected in February, a time of relatively low patient demand for<br />

appointments, the average waiting time for a routine appointment was five days.<br />

The desirable ratio of GPs and nurses per head of population is difficult to determine and<br />

depends on a number of factors such as models of care, rurality, skill sets, level of support from<br />

secondary care, and available funding. The RNZCGP suggested a ratio of 1: 990 59 , on the basis<br />

of a traditional model of care with GPs doing the majority of first contact care. Pinnacle<br />

carried out a workforce survey of staff in general practices in Waikato, Lakes, Taranaki,<br />

Eastern Bay of Plenty and Gisborne regions in 2007 60 which found a GP to patient ratio of<br />

1:1,794 and Practice nurse to patient ratio 1:1927.<br />

Activity based modeling was carried out based on a model of care where the majority of first<br />

contact care and long term condition care is done by skilled nurses, with readily available back<br />

up support from GPS, shared consultations as needed and longer review consultations with GPs<br />

for complex patients. This resulted in a ratio of one GP per 2000 patients and 1 nurse per 900<br />

patients. This was considered appropriate by the working group who produced this plan as long<br />

as extra FTEs are allocated for remoteness, travel and teaching time. Having a stable nurse and<br />

GP workforce based on these ratios has advantages over a workforce that has more GPs, but<br />

with many of them being short term locums who have a limited understanding of the local health<br />

care system.<br />

59 Fretter J, Pande M. How many general practitioners are enough? Forecasting GP workforce capacity in <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>.<br />

NZ Family Physician 2008; 35: 232-44.<br />

60 http://www.nzdoctor.co.nz/news?article=81145179-bd90-40cf-a249-fc1b4a719ec9<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 111


Nurse practitioner positions have been added to the output targets below but not yet included<br />

in the modeling; while there is a commitment to move to including nurse practitioners in IFHCs,<br />

our ability to attract nurse practitioners to the Coast, and their roles and responsibilities within<br />

the core general practice team have yet to be determined.<br />

4 Objectives:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

To recruit sufficient GPs and nurses to provide better, sooner, more convenient care.<br />

To retain GPs and nurses so as to provide continuity and consistency of care.<br />

To provide a professionally fulfilling work environment.<br />

To provide or assist access to the professional development activities required to<br />

maintain competence.<br />

To support quality improvement activities.<br />

To develop the multidisciplinary team.<br />

To broaden the above activities to support all members of the multidisciplinary team.<br />

5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

No. patients per practice/rural 1140 1000 900 900<br />

nurse*<br />

No. patients per permanent GP* 2000 2000 2000 2000<br />

No. primary care nurse<br />

practitioners<br />

Number Māori practice team<br />

members<br />

0 1 2 3<br />

3 nurses, 1<br />

manager<br />

5 6 7<br />

Shared recruitment agency est. No Yes Yes Yes<br />

*These ratios depend on a full complement of postgraduate students, and locum cover for holidays. They<br />

do not include teaching time. Remote areas need higher Dr/nurse: patient ratios.<br />

Outcome measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

% of PHO Performance Programme<br />

targets met<br />

Number of practices cornerstone<br />

accredited<br />

79% >80% >90% >90%<br />

3 6 7 7<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 112


6 Deliverables / activities<br />

Programme to be in place by June 2011<br />

Attract students and new graduates to primary care on the Coast:<br />

Stimulate interest among intermediate and high school students in careers in health by<br />

offering workplace experience attachments.<br />

Greater participation in career expos at the local high schools.<br />

Greater utilization of the incubator project, designed to encourage year 12 and 13 high<br />

school students to consider a career in health.<br />

Provide 24 third year nursing student placements, each 6 weeks duration.<br />

Work in partnership with schools of nursing to include a dedicated rural component in<br />

the undergraduate training, including participation in guest speaking opportunities.<br />

Continue to utilize road shows to nursing schools for recruitment purposes and greater<br />

exposure to rural opportunities.<br />

Provide 3 rural immersion medical student 5 th year placements per year.<br />

Provide twelve 5 th year medical student placements per year.<br />

Provide 6 th year placements as possible.<br />

Develop opportunities for contact between house surgeons and general practitioners, eg.<br />

take them on a general practice tour as part of their orientation, invite to GP<br />

professional development activities and PHO activities, encourage GPs to participate in<br />

educational sessions at Grey Base Hospital, eg. radiology sessions.<br />

Develop a package to be given to all those applying to the RNZCGP to be GP registrars<br />

encouraging them to come to the West Coast for their training.<br />

Provide two full year Rural Hospital Medicine registrar placements per year and three<br />

placements for GP registrars per year, with scholarships available.<br />

Attract four GPEP2 (second and third year registrars) to the West Coast each year,<br />

for a full year placement.<br />

Provide four nurses with scholarships to complete the NETP Expansion programme in<br />

primary care.<br />

Provide one placement per year for newly graduated primary care nurse practitioners.<br />

Provide centrally co-ordinated teaching from the Rural Learning Centre in Greymouth,<br />

with local teachers in each IFHC. Utilise Buller Hospital for work experience for<br />

advanced Rural Hospital Medicine registrars and Reefton as a placement for nurse<br />

practitioners towards the end of their training.<br />

Continue to work with the Clinical Training Agency to develop rural training opportunities<br />

for doctors and nurses on the West Coast.<br />

Promote West Coast health scholarships uptake by Māori.<br />

Increase the number of Māori utilizing CTA funding.<br />

Providing opportunities for Māori intermediate and high school students and Māori<br />

second chance learners by utilizing national initiatives, eg. nursing and midwifery for<br />

Māori and Hauora as a career.<br />

Develop programme and support so that the West Coast becomes the most desirable<br />

centre for rural primary care training in <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 113


Recruitment:<br />

Establish a Coast-wide recruitment agency for primary care to support all<br />

practices/IFHCs, recruiting in the first instance all new permanent and locum primary<br />

care nurses and GPs for the West Coast.<br />

Work with practice owners to define what will be done by central agency, what<br />

processes they will need to manage, (eg. contracting).<br />

Develop a relationship with NZ locums to avoid duplication: subcontract what they do<br />

best.<br />

Establish fair processes for allocating available locums or new staff to IFHCs<br />

(distribute according to where recruits want to go and where the patient:GP/nurse ratio<br />

is highest).<br />

Plan, co-ordinate and support the orientation of all new doctors/nurses, working closely<br />

with the IFHC managers.<br />

Support recruitment for new pharmacists as required, and develop joint appointments<br />

between DHB and private pharmacies.<br />

Obtain feedback from all locums and new staff that can be used to improve recruitment<br />

processes.<br />

Develop a plan to increase the Māori health workforce.<br />

Create an atmosphere where Māori want to come and work because there is an<br />

organisational commitment to support the Māori workforce, ie. “Māori Friendly”.<br />

Retention:<br />

Provide central co-ordination to ensure all new recruits and their families receive the<br />

support they need to integrate into the community.<br />

Provide peer mentoring of new recruits by a peer in a different IFHC as required.<br />

Assist the mentors of GPs who are under Medical Council supervision.<br />

Support collegial relationships by providing an annual weekend getaway that combines<br />

educational and fun activities for clinical staff and their families. Invite house<br />

surgeons.<br />

As part of the development of new models of care, work with each practice/ IFHC to<br />

evaluate current job content and job satisfaction for each current staff member.<br />

Review job descriptions with regard to who is the most appropriative person to do each<br />

task.<br />

Provide practice workshops that facilitate the development of a team approach.<br />

Provide comprehensive career planning and education to support this.<br />

Ensure nurses feel supported in their clinical environment and receive training to meet<br />

role specific competency requirements.<br />

Retain Māori workforce by providing a culturally appropriate working environment thus<br />

showing a clear demonstration of organizational commitment to the Māori workforce,<br />

development.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 114


Professional development:<br />

Provide monthly professional development evening meetings for GPs, nurses, practice<br />

managers, pharmacist and other members of the multi disciplinary team (MDT), with<br />

videoconference links.<br />

Provide annual PHO workshops: PHO day, practice management workshops, practice<br />

nurse workshops.<br />

Link in educational activities with those of the Rural Learning Centre.<br />

Provide training in the use of standing orders, (see Acute <strong>Care</strong> plan).<br />

Develop guidelines for direct CT access and provide educational sessions to implement<br />

them, (see Direct Access to Diagnostics plan.)<br />

Adapt Canterbury HealthPathways for Coast use and provide educational sessions to<br />

implement them, (see HealthPathways plan).<br />

Provide education about health literacy, (see Long Term Conditions plan).<br />

Link with DHB Māori health team to provide cultural competence and health inequalities<br />

training annually.<br />

Actively engage Manawhenua to give guidance and support regarding Tikanga Māori<br />

protocol appropriate to Te Tai O Poutini rohe.<br />

Ongoing implementation and utilization of CTA funded cultural supervision for relevant<br />

staff.<br />

Fund conference/course leave for all members of team.<br />

Continued and increasing utilization of PG Nursing CTA funded education.<br />

Refinement of cohort learning between medical and nursing teams.<br />

<strong>Care</strong>er planning and educational support for nurses, including pathways leading to nurse<br />

practitioner.<br />

Quality initiatives:<br />

Develop quality improvement and clinical governance systems in every IFHC.<br />

Provide Cornerstone support and co-ordination support practice quality improvement<br />

teams .<br />

Support practice improvement activities for GPs (MOPS) and nurses (accreditation and<br />

expert endorsement).<br />

Produce practice level PHO Performance Programme reports with peer comparisons.<br />

Provide practice visits by GP and nurse facilitators to review PHO Performance<br />

Programme reports and assist in the development of quality improvement plans.<br />

Provide PHO Performance Programme incentive payments according to the percentage of<br />

targets met by each practice.<br />

Support pharmacists to provide feedback to GPs on cost effective prescribing.<br />

Develop active feedback loops so that any concerns about the quality of patient care will<br />

be fed back to the health providers concerned in a constructive, educational<br />

environment.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 115


Seek feedback from Māori community to ascertain their view about the quality of<br />

patient care for Māori.<br />

Develop/adopt a patient survey to measure patient satisfaction with the care they<br />

receive at their IFHC.<br />

See also the Quality section of the business plan for an overview of the quality<br />

framework.<br />

Year two<br />

Multidisciplinary focus:<br />

Extend programme to include clinical support and educational opportunities for<br />

pharmacists, the wider nursing team (includes community nurses and practice nurses),<br />

and allied health within the IFHC.<br />

Provide integrated professional development for all mental health workers.<br />

Extend recruitment and retention programme to cover all staff.<br />

Year three<br />

Consolidate and review.<br />

Evaluate strategies pertaining to Māori patients and staff.<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

This plan picks up the capability and capacity requirements of the other work streams and<br />

collates them into one document.<br />

Considerable progress has made in the last few years in regards to opportunities for training,<br />

professional development activities and quality programmes. This plan extends the work already<br />

done in these areas.<br />

The formation of IFHCs provides the opportunity and resources to enable this plan to support<br />

the wider multidisciplinary workforce.<br />

8 Effect on inequalities<br />

Cultural competency training improves access for Māori and Cornerstone accreditation requires<br />

practices to meet a number of indicators that measure cultural appropriateness. Increasing the<br />

Māori workforce improves access for Māori to heath care.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 116


Mainstream arguments are concerned with projected excess health and disability workforce<br />

demand, overall, and recognition that increasing and strengthening the Māori workforce is part<br />

of a sustainable long-term solution to addressing the shortfall. Equitable health outcomes for<br />

Māori are, however, a fundamental rationale for Māori health and disability workforce<br />

development, through this does not imply a „one size fits all‟ approach. 61<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

The activities in the plan follow the Health Workforce Advisory Committee guidance in the<br />

following documents:<br />

2005 Strategic Principles for Workforce Development In <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong><br />

2006 Report of the Health Workforce Advisory Committee on Encouraging Māori to<br />

Work in the Health Professions<br />

2006 National Guidelines for the Promotion of Healthy Working Environments<br />

2007 Rauringa Raupa, Recruitment and Retention of Māori within the Health and<br />

Disability Workforce.<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

No increase in<br />

permanent staff<br />

recruited<br />

Medium High Continue reliance on locums, with an<br />

increase in support and training for<br />

provided.<br />

Staff come and move<br />

on<br />

Low Medium Exit interviews for all departing staff,<br />

so that current activities can be<br />

altered if necessary.<br />

High number of<br />

complaints to H&DC<br />

Low Medium Review content of professional<br />

development programme.<br />

11 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan: Dr Paul Cooper, Mary Crooks, DrMartin London, Kathy<br />

Hines, DrAnna Dyzel, Joanne Shaw, Rosalie Sampson, Helen Rereti, Jocelyn Tracey, Karyn Kelly,<br />

Kerri Miedema, Gary Coghlan.<br />

61 Rauringa Raupa Recruitment and Retention of Maori within the Health and Disability Workforce Ministry of Health<br />

2007 Page 12<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 117


12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

Organisational accountability lies with the PHO for the first year, and with the IFHS<br />

thereafter.<br />

13 Costs<br />

Draft budget<br />

Income<br />

Recruitment and retention fund - 30% 75,000<br />

Payment from practices to recruitment agency 80,000<br />

Professional development (PHO contract) 65,000<br />

PHO Performance programme 120,000<br />

Expenditure<br />

Total 340,000<br />

Project management 40,000<br />

GP registrar scholarships 15,000<br />

<strong>New</strong> grad nurse scholarships 12,000<br />

Teaching - funded by CTA 0<br />

Recruitment agency 100,000<br />

Recruitment agency advertising costs 80,000<br />

Peer mentoring 1,000<br />

Professional development activities 25000<br />

Health pathways editors 5,000<br />

Course/ conference leave support 35,000<br />

Support for Cornerstone and practice quality<br />

activities 10,000<br />

PHO Performance programme facilitation 24,000<br />

Support for Practice QI teams 20,000<br />

Pharmacy support for PPP 4,000<br />

Practice PPP incentive payments 50,000<br />

Total expenditure 421,000<br />

Surplus/deficit ($91,000)<br />

The deficit in this budget has been included in the „Implementing Service Strategies‟ aspect of<br />

the Investing in Change budget, Section 11.1 in the Business Case.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 118


Appendix Thirteen: IFHCs - Facilities<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

Facilities are renovated and/or created that best progress and support the new models of care,<br />

so as to improve the health of West Coasters.<br />

2 Problem definition<br />

<strong>Primary</strong> care facilities across the Coast vary enormously. In Greymouth and Westport, in<br />

particular, the location and/or nature of the buildings that house the primary services and<br />

workforce are problematic for delivering the desired model of care. In Greymouth, the three<br />

medical centres and other private providers including pharmacies are in different parts of town<br />

(and none is connected to the hospital). No medical centres have on-site or adjacent diagnostics<br />

or pharmacy. In Westport, the medical centre is located in old hospital buildings, with other<br />

community based services on the same campus, but widely separated by long corridors - the<br />

layout/location of services is a barrier to communication between services. Some individual<br />

centres are cramped for space. A number of facilties are old and don't comply with seismic<br />

regulations (Westport in particular).<br />

3 Objectives:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

To integrate a variety of services alongside traditional general practice service, in line<br />

with the revised model of care and other workstreams<br />

To adapt facilities to best fit with the new ways of working, where this is feasible<br />

To purpose-build future-proofed facilities optimised for the new model of care where<br />

this is the best option and/or necessary<br />

4 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

No. of IFHCs 0 Embryonic 1 2<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 119


5 Grey/Greymouth IFHC<br />

An interim step towards the development of the Greymouth IFHC, is the construction of an<br />

academic/rural training practice (an outpost of one of the three existing medical centres in<br />

Greymouth), in a re-locatable building, on the Grey Hospital site, adjacent to the Emergency<br />

Department. The floor plan is below, and opening date is scheduled for 1 Jul 2010.<br />

Work has begun on bringing the three medical centres in Greymouth together into a single<br />

facility, that might also contain other private providers (e.g., physiotherapy) and pharmacy, and<br />

that would allow the community nursing and allied health workforces currently operated by the<br />

DHB to work in an integrated way with the medical centres.<br />

The PHO led a process of engagement during Feb '10 with private provider in Greymouth around<br />

the possibility of a one-stop shop for primary care services. All three practices have indicated<br />

a significant level of interest, including providing detailed information around their current and<br />

likely future level of service delivery and space requirements. Private pharmacists have asked<br />

for space in the IFHC, though there are some limitations on their ability to relocate entirely in<br />

the short term, given their current investment in, & commitment to, existing retail premises.<br />

Physiotherapists, dentists, opticians, chiropractors, massage therapists and acupuncturists in<br />

town were all also invited to participate, as were various NGO/disability support providers. It is<br />

from this process that the following facilities proposals and options have arisen.<br />

Specifically, the proposal is that the facility be constructed such that the non-hospital, nondomiciliary,<br />

clinic-based patient contact work of the community nursing and allied health<br />

workforce, be conducted in the clinic rooms of the co-located medical centres. Whether, the<br />

facility might also contain the office bases of the community nursing and allied health<br />

workforce is being explored.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 120


A key possibility is that land at the north end of the Grey Base Hospital site is vacant and<br />

available for such a facility. It is possible that the construction of the Greymouth IFHC could<br />

be integrated with, and even physically connected to, Grey Base Hospital (in a way which colocates<br />

services initially but allows for full integration when the hospital is eventually<br />

refurbished). This option is one that is likely to deliver cost savings for both the IFHC facility<br />

development, and for the Grey Hospital redevelopment, particularly if both projects were done<br />

together.<br />

This site, however, is not the only one being considered. A key limitation of the Grey Hospital<br />

site is its Crown ownership, which reduces its attractiveness to private investors, who have<br />

expressed greater interest in options that involve freehold land.<br />

Three separate options for the Greymouth IFHC have been developed.<br />

Option 1 - greenfield IFHC<br />

The first is a greenfield option that is agnostic about location; it describes a stand alone facility<br />

that could be constructed on either a freehold site elsewhere in Greymouth, or on the vacant<br />

north end of the Grey Hospital campus. This option provides a stand-alone primary care facility<br />

with some community and allied health services relocated and/or duplicated from existing<br />

hospital facilities. Separation from hospital-based services means that this option is the least<br />

supportive of integrated multi-disciplinary health service delivery across the primary-secondary<br />

continuum, but it does deliver an integrated primary & community IFHC. The gross floor area is<br />

4,200 m 2 .and the estimated costs in the region of $14.8m, excluding land.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 121


Option 2 - IFHC integrated with Grey Hospital master plan<br />

The second option integrates with the staged development proposed in the Grey Hospital<br />

masterplan. It proposes a 3,385m2 gross floor area for the IFHC component, 1,395m2 of which<br />

is refurbishment to existing hospital buildings and 1,990m2 is new building.<br />

This option tightly integrates with the proposed new hospital, such that the strategic aims of<br />

both IFHC and hospital developments can be most effectively achieved. This option is the only<br />

one of the three that allows optimum integration of primary care, hospital-based care and<br />

community services in one location and fully supports an integrated, multi-disciplinary model of<br />

health service delivery in Greymouth across the primary-secondary continuum. It also makes<br />

most effective use of existing buildings, thereby reducing the amount of new building required,<br />

avoiding duplication of services and facilities. The combined cost estimate is $76.545m, with<br />

the IFHC component being $10.1m and the hospital component being $66.445m. The IFHC could<br />

be built as the first stage of this project.<br />

Option 3 - IFHC located adjacent to existing Grey Hospital<br />

The third option is also on the Grey Base Hospital site. However, it assumes that no funds are<br />

made available for the Grey Base Hospital rebuild, locates the IFHC adjacent to the existing<br />

hospital without connecting the two, and assumes that both allied health services and the office<br />

bases of the likes of community nurses and mental health services would remain in existing<br />

hospital buildings, even though their clinical contact with patients would occur within the IFHC.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 122


This option is effectively a Greenfield part-IFHC adjacent to the existing hospital and, as such,<br />

goes some way towards integrating health service delivery, but does not support fully integrated<br />

multi-disciplinary service models to the extent of option 2. The new build area of the IFHC is<br />

less than the other options because allied health and community services remain in existing<br />

hospital buildings, some distance away from primary services. The area of this smaller option is<br />

2,863m 2 , 2,213m2 of which is new building and 650m2 is refurbishment of the existing<br />

Corporate Building. This option requires relocation of DHB Administration to another, as yet<br />

undefined location, most likely rental accommodation off site. The cost of this option is in the<br />

region of $10.785m and includes an allowance for fitout of new DHB Admin offices elsewhere,<br />

but excludes both relocation and lease costs (though these costs should be considered as part<br />

of the overall cost of option 3). The resulting site plan is as follows:<br />

Financing<br />

Private financing of the capital cost of the IFHC is being explored; initial discussions have<br />

indicated strong potential for a private funding syndicate. A key conversation has been with<br />

Development West Coast, which has expressed its interest in the project, particularly if a<br />

freehold option is chosen, and indicated that the likely scale of the project is one that is<br />

manageable for, and attractive to, them. Mawhera Incorporation is a major Maori land owner in<br />

central Greymouth, which has also expressed interest in a financing and/or development role.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 123


It may even be possible to pull together a private funding syndicate to fund both projects - a<br />

completely integrated Family Health Centre and the eventual refurbishment of the Greymouth<br />

Base Hospital facility - if there is political interest in such an arrangement.<br />

6 Buller/Westport IFHC<br />

The West Coast DHB currently owns and operates the medical centre, Buller Medical Centre,<br />

and Buller Hospital, in the town of Westport. Westport is 107kms from Greymouth (at least an<br />

hour and a quarter by road). There is no public transport connection between the two centres.<br />

Earlier work has explored options for revamping the facilities on the Buller Hospital site. The<br />

future status and size of Buller Hospital is unclear, with discussion currently occurring in<br />

relation to the DHB contracting out aged residential care, and the impact for other services of<br />

this proposed change still somewhat unclear.<br />

A greenfields IFHC in Westport, probably on the Buller Hospital site (there is sufficient land),<br />

is a distinct possibility. A revision of the earlier proposed facility is likely to be required to<br />

match the revised model of care envisaged in this EoI business case, and to fit with any<br />

decisions regarding the future shape of secondary services.<br />

One proposed floor plan for a greenfields construction on the Buller Hospital site is as follows:<br />

This and other options are being explored. This option had a $16.3m price tag in Aug 2008.<br />

Revisions will be required to reduce the capital spend to more manageable proportions. Private<br />

financing for this facility has not yet been explored, as further work is required to understand<br />

the likely final size and scale of the project.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 124


7 Westland IFHC<br />

Facilities options are not top of the list for the Westland District.<br />

Hokitika's sole medical centre, the Westland Medical Centre, and the DHB's community nursing<br />

& mental health services at the Hokitika Health Centre, are in separate buildings across the<br />

road from each other. But the two services work well together, and a facilities revamp is<br />

thought unlikely to offer significantly greater benefits, such that the required capital spend<br />

could be justified. Both building are relatively modern and comply with health centre facility<br />

standards.<br />

In South Westland, the population is scattered over vast distances. General practice and<br />

community nursing services are currently delivered from five clinic locations.<br />

This business case does not envisage further changes to the facilities aspects of service<br />

delivery in South Westland, apart from a separate facilities development already planned in that<br />

area . This proposed development will contribute in a physical sense to the development of an<br />

otherwise virtual Integrated Family Health Centre. The project is the joint development of a<br />

combined rural health centre / ambulance station in Franz Josef, which will act as the<br />

centerpiece for the DHB's remote South Westland practice (covering Hari Hari, Whataroa,<br />

Franz Josef, Fox Glacier and Haast). Both St John and the West Coast DHB have already<br />

committed to this project, which will be built on St John owned land.<br />

An artist impression of the proposed Franz Josef Health Centre / Ambulance Station<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 125


8 Deliverables / activities<br />

Implementation plan: to June 30<br />

Proto-IFHC in Greymouth<br />

Plan and build primary care academic practice on Grey Base Hospital site<br />

incorporates teaching component to support rural workforce retention &<br />

development<br />

co-located with Grey Base Hospital, with GP registrars doing work in both facilities<br />

contribution to resolving after hours cover issues<br />

Substantive-IFHC in Greymouth<br />

Plan primary and community care components of Grey IFHC<br />

relationship map completed by Feb '10<br />

understand links to and implications (both ways) of possible link with Grey Hospital<br />

site & business case by Mar '10<br />

explore site options by Apr '10<br />

explore financing options by May '10<br />

concept design by June 2010<br />

Westport<br />

Review plans for Westport<br />

assess fit with revised model of care; adapt & revise designs as necessary<br />

Year one:<br />

Proto-IFHC in Greymouth<br />

Academic practice on Grey Base Hospital site opens 1 Jul '10<br />

Substantive-IFHC in Greymouth<br />

Build substantial primary/community care facility (on Grey Base Hospital site?)<br />

preliminary design by August 2010<br />

capital funding in place by end Aug '10<br />

developed design by October 2010<br />

resource consents received by end Oct '10<br />

detailed plans completed by Feb 2011<br />

building consents received by Mar 2011<br />

building commences April 2011<br />

Westport<br />

revise designs, timelines, decanting etc by end Dec '10<br />

finalise plans and submit resource & building consent applications by end Mar '11<br />

capital funding in place by Mar '11<br />

Reefton<br />

Explore and document Reefton's facility requirements<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 126


Year two<br />

Substantive-IFHC in Greymouth<br />

Substantial primary/community care facility on Grey Base Hospital site in operation<br />

building completed Feb 2012<br />

building opens 1 March 2012<br />

various tenants move in during Mar '12<br />

building fully operational from 1 Apr '12<br />

Westport<br />

first stage of building commences 1 Apr '12<br />

Reefton<br />

progress options developed<br />

Year three<br />

Westport<br />

all stages of building completed 30 Sep '12<br />

Changes to current staffing:<br />

Well configured facilities will assist in achieving optimised, efficient staffing levels.<br />

9 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Capital costs of, and<br />

therefore operating High High<br />

Revise plans to be reduce capital costs /be<br />

affordable<br />

costs in, new facilities<br />

too high<br />

Connection of Grey<br />

IFHC with Grey<br />

Hospital rebuild<br />

High High<br />

Explore options for Grey IFHC to not be<br />

dependent on Grey Hospital obtaining<br />

Crown funding for its rebuild<br />

causes delays and/or<br />

derails project<br />

Co-location does not<br />

lead to integration of<br />

services<br />

High Medium<br />

Develop Charter to sit alongside leases<br />

(Charter commits tenants to integrated<br />

way of working)<br />

PHO provides facilitation/overall<br />

management function to drive integration<br />

Community opposition<br />

to Buller IFHC, if seen<br />

as a downgrade for/of<br />

Buller Hospital<br />

High Medium<br />

Engage community leaders early<br />

Engage with community re service delivery<br />

options for Buller, and facilities<br />

implications<br />

Articulate reasons for service & facility<br />

options once chosen<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 127


Private providers<br />

decide not to locate to<br />

new IFHC facility<br />

Medium<br />

High<br />

Engage early & continuously<br />

Articulate increased foot traffic/business<br />

benefits of all health providers being colocated<br />

Private financing for<br />

capital cannot be<br />

secured<br />

Medium<br />

High<br />

Ensure business case stacks up/is viable<br />

Crown land makes<br />

facilities business case<br />

unattractive to private<br />

investors<br />

Medium<br />

Medium<br />

Research financing options used in other<br />

jurisdictions<br />

Explore with MoH how to make proposition<br />

attractive for private investors<br />

Community/provider<br />

opposition to hospital<br />

location for Grey IFHC<br />

Medium<br />

Low<br />

Explore all site options with community<br />

Articulate pros & cons of different<br />

options<br />

Articulate reasons for final site selection<br />

10 Engagement<br />

Working group who developed this plan:<br />

Wayne Champion, Hecta Williams, Anthony Cooke, Darryl Haines and Darryl <strong>Care</strong>y (architects -<br />

Chow Hill and Warren & Mahoney), Neil O'Donnell (quantity surveyor - Rider Levett Bucknall)<br />

Other clinicians involved: Julie Kilkelly, Kerri Miedema, Maureen Frankpitt, Dr JD Naidoo,<br />

Barbara Smith, Jenny Robertson, Dr Jocelyn Tracey, Marie West,<br />

11 Organisational accountabilities<br />

Participants will include multiple organisations at the commencement, e.g., three separate<br />

general practices in Greymouth. There will be an over-arching organisational structure to<br />

facilitate the ongoing operation of co-located and aligned, though still separate,<br />

organisations/businesses. This facilitation function may be performed by the PHO.<br />

Tenants will sign a facility Charter as well as the lease - committing them to the revised model<br />

of care that will operate in the facility, and to integration with the expanded primary care team.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 128


12 Costs<br />

Capital costs<br />

Greymouth IFHC<br />

Westport IFHC<br />

Year 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

$10.11-14.8m<br />

Est. $8m<br />

Assumptions:<br />

Private sources fund the capital requirements<br />

DHB/Crown land is made available on a long-term basis that is attractive to private<br />

investors.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 129


Appendix Fourteen: IFHCs – Information Technology<br />

1. Aspirational statement:<br />

Appropriate information and communication technology is in place that best progresses and<br />

supports the new models of care for West Coasters.<br />

2 Project overview<br />

One of the key elements of the West Coast Integrated Family Health Centre (IFHC) project is<br />

the electronic integration of health services, supporting an integrated model of service delivery<br />

across a range of geographically isolated service delivery locations.<br />

This plan proposes the development of an integrated health information strategy for all health<br />

providers on the West Coast, with the aim of ensuring that the right level of access to clinical<br />

information is available at each point of care encountered by patients, and that all appropriate<br />

clinical information follows the patient from carer to carer as they travel through a patient<br />

centred network of care, all in a way that minimises waste and duplication and whist<br />

safeguarding patient privacy.<br />

This plan will put the West Coast in a good position to adopt national initiatives as they become<br />

available, eg. a core set of personal health information available electronically to <strong>New</strong><br />

<strong>Zealand</strong>ers and their treatment providers, and electronic prescribing.<br />

3 Current situation / Problem definition<br />

Within primary/community care<br />

All but one of the West Coast‟s General Practices use the same patient management system<br />

(PMS) MedTech 32. Those practices that are owned by the West Coast District Health Board<br />

use the West Coast DHB PrISM system, which provides a single shared patient administration<br />

system but which has been configured in a way that restricts integration because of patient<br />

privacy concerns. A number of other services are available over the PrISM system (access to<br />

hospital health information systems on Health Views [such as discharge summaries, PACS<br />

radiology images, laboratory results], access to the DHB‟s library resources and online clinical<br />

databases, secure email, DHB intranet access). Two of the privately owned GP practices also<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 130


utilize MedTech, but via their own separate installations, whilst the other privately owned<br />

practice uses a product called Profile.<br />

Most other primary health and community service organisations maintain their own independent<br />

systems, with the exception of Rata Te Awhina Trust (a Māori Health NGO), which uses the<br />

DHBs PrISM system and MedTech. The majority of non general practice services that are<br />

currently owned by the DHB, such as community nursing and allied health, use DHB‟s iSOFT<br />

patient information system, but aren‟t using its electronic patient notes capacity.<br />

Therefore, while GPs, rural and practice nurses use MedTech for their consultation notes, most<br />

other community based nurses and allied health providers who are caring simultaneously for the<br />

same patients keep paper based clinical records: this can lead to duplication and lack of coordination<br />

and consistency of care, with resulting confusion for patients. In the Buller region a<br />

recent change to all these providers using MedTech has proved very successful.<br />

Information flows between primary and secondary care<br />

Two of the key integration points between primary/community and secondary services are the<br />

referral and discharge processes. The objective is to ensure that all relevant information is<br />

made available to the receiving provider when there is a transfer of a patient‟s care (either a<br />

referral to a provider or a discharge back to the original referrer). Currently while referrals<br />

from the general practices are written in their practice management system, they are then<br />

printed out and faxed to the hospital rather than electronically transmitted. Discharge letters<br />

are sent and received electronically.<br />

DHB owned practices can use PrISM to access HealthViews for patient information as<br />

described above.<br />

Many patients arrive at the Emergency Department (ED) without a referral from their general<br />

practice: care would be safer if ED and admitting senior medical officers (SMOs) could access<br />

the patient's general practice records, particularly their problem list, regular medication list<br />

and allergies. Currently ED clinical notes are hand written and not always easy to read, which<br />

may lead to lack of appropriate follow-up by GPs/nurses or even an inpatient ward if the patient<br />

is admitted into hospital from their ED visit.<br />

Laboratory and radiology<br />

All West Coast radiological images and reports are accessible via the central iSOFT system at<br />

the DHB. All except one of the current general practices uses the hospital laboratory for lab<br />

investigations, and all results are stored in iSOFT. This means that all radiological<br />

investigations and most laboratory results are all stored in a central system, accessible by those<br />

who can access HealthViews in iSoft.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 131


Community pharmacy<br />

Community pharmacies face problems at times when dispensing prescriptions for newly<br />

discharged patients, as they try to reconcile the information on the prescription with previous<br />

medications dispensed, and without the benefit of a discharge summary providing information on<br />

what changes to regular medication have been made and why.<br />

Given the importance of a strong retail trade for the viability of pharmacy businesses, it may be<br />

that there is no pharmacy within some IFHCs. Developing the ability to send electronic<br />

prescriptions from primary care, with the ability to home deliver to frail elderly and those with<br />

transport issues, would provide more convenient care.<br />

Communications Technologies<br />

With its vast distances, small population and geographic isolation, the West Coast is ideally<br />

placed to benefit from investment in improved telecommunications technologies. The availability<br />

of telecommunications network capability (bandwidth) along the West Coast has historically<br />

limited the ability to benefit from some technologies, however this has recently been overcome<br />

with the availability of a direct fibre optic link between Hokitika, Greymouth and Westport and<br />

potentially Reefton in the future (one of the first business to business uses of this service is an<br />

upgrade of West Coast DHBs wide area network, interconnecting Buller Health with Grey Base<br />

Hospital from December 2009).<br />

The current Telepaeds network links videoconferencing between Greymouth, Westport,<br />

Hokitika, Reefton, Christchurch and over 100 other locations in <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>. It is currently<br />

mainly used for clinical conferences, educational sessions, and management meetings and to a<br />

lesser extent for remote patient consultations, eg. methadone clinics, surgical follow-up clinics.<br />

The new fibre optic link will enhance its usefulness, particularly in regards to linking into<br />

aspects of the hospital IT system such as PACS to review radiology images.<br />

Medical telemetry can support remote clinical support, remote consultations and remote<br />

diagnosis, potentially integrated with videoconferencing. An example of this is the CISCO<br />

Health Presence System, which is being trialed as a standalone medical telemetry and video<br />

conferencing unit linking Buller Health (ED and Outpatients) with Grey Base Hospital for remote<br />

diagnosis and outpatient consultations. This system is large, fixed, not well linked in with other<br />

DHB IT and telemedicine systems.<br />

As part of the Canterbury initiative, Dr Mike Sullivan and Bronwyn Petrie are reviewing the<br />

current clinical telemedicine capability on the West Coast, the range of potential clinical<br />

applications, and potential linkages with Canterbury. Of particular interest will be the ability to<br />

„store and forward‟ patient information, (eg. photos, ECG, spirometry etc) so that this can be<br />

reviewed at a later time by both the original clinician and a remote specialist. Their report is<br />

due in March 2010 and will inform development of the Telemedicine aspects of this plan.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 132


4 Objectives:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

To implement communications and information technology that facilitates integrated<br />

care for patients.<br />

To improve information flow between primary care, community nursing and allied health<br />

clinicians by all using the same electronic patient medical record.<br />

To improve information flows between primary and secondary care by establishing<br />

mechanisms for primary/community clinicians to view the hospital based electronic<br />

clinical medical record and vice versa.<br />

Adopt electronic prescribing.<br />

To increase the use of telemedicine for both outpatient appointments, and for seeking<br />

management advice from a distance (either real time or „store and forward‟).<br />

To enable and empower people in the community to obtain, process and understand the<br />

health information they need to make appropriate decisions about their health.<br />

To prepare local IT systems so that the West Coast in a good position to adopt national<br />

initiatives as they become available, eg. a core set of personal health information<br />

available electronically to <strong>New</strong> <strong>Zealand</strong>ers and their treatment providers, and electronic<br />

prescribing<br />

5 Benefits and gains<br />

Output measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

High Definition Videoconferencing<br />

interconnects all West Coast<br />

IFHCs<br />

Shared Medical Telemetry System<br />

Medical Practices move to a shared<br />

Med Tech 32 Database system<br />

Standard<br />

Definition<br />

only<br />

CISCO<br />

Health<br />

Presence<br />

being<br />

trialled in<br />

Buller<br />

All West<br />

Coast DHB<br />

Practices<br />

share same<br />

system but<br />

independent<br />

practices<br />

maintain<br />

their own<br />

All<br />

videoconferenc<br />

e-ing equipment<br />

replaced with<br />

high definition<br />

equipment<br />

Options for an<br />

integrated<br />

medical<br />

telemetry<br />

network<br />

explored<br />

Move to shared<br />

Med Tech<br />

database<br />

explored in<br />

detail.<br />

Logistics of<br />

moving iSOFT<br />

Community<br />

Nursing<br />

Addition<br />

Videoconferencing<br />

equipment<br />

deployed in<br />

IFHCs<br />

Move to<br />

shared<br />

Medical<br />

Telemetry<br />

system.<br />

Move to<br />

shared Med<br />

Tech<br />

database and<br />

move iSOFT<br />

Community<br />

Nursing<br />

functions to<br />

Med Tech<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 133


separate<br />

databases.<br />

functions to<br />

Med Tech<br />

delineated.<br />

Outcome measures<br />

Indicator Baseline Target – Yr 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

Numbers of remote outpatient TBC<br />

consultations per quarter/year<br />

Number of times medical<br />

telemetry system used to share<br />

diagnostic information with<br />

Greymouth Hospital , per<br />

quarter/year<br />

TBC<br />

6 Deliverables / activities<br />

One of the aims of the IFHC is to provide an integrated health information system that allows<br />

clinical information to be available at each point of care that a patient connects with, so that<br />

patient specific information relevant to an episode of care follows the patient from carer to<br />

carer across the entire network of integrated health services. The aim is to support an<br />

integrated model of care, whilst minimizing waste and duplication, and whist safeguarding<br />

patient privacy.<br />

One way of achieving this involves moving services that are similar in nature to the same shared<br />

information system. A logical choice for this would be MedTech 32 for all providers working in<br />

IFHCs, probably provided over the West Coast DHB developed PrISM system, as it is already<br />

well established on the West Coast. The system needn‟t be owned and hosted by the DHB; it<br />

has been developed in a way that allows it to be transferred to another provider such as the<br />

PHO or an IFHC in the future.<br />

Complete Population<br />

To be of the greatest benefit, an electronic health record needs to include all health activity<br />

provided by all health providers. With this in mind, plans have been developed to make the<br />

West Coast DHB PrISM system available to other providers, so that all relevant health<br />

information can be available when and where it is required for patient care.<br />

Self Service Access<br />

A logical next step beyond developing an integrated electronic health record is to provide<br />

access for people to see their own health information and so that they can provide updates for<br />

changes of address or provide any new health information, (such as diabetes patients entering<br />

home blood tests).<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 134


Security<br />

An individual‟s health information is a taonga – it has great value and is sacred to them. It is<br />

therefore essential to ensure that health information is secure and that a patient's wishes are<br />

adhered to regarding its availability.<br />

Resilient<br />

Health Information Systems need to be resilient to external factors such as a localised<br />

disaster, so that critical information is available to those who legitimately need it wherever and<br />

whenever it is required, regardless of the challenges involved in ensuring its availability.<br />

Improving Data Quality<br />

Health information systems are large complex IT systems with numerous users and complex<br />

information flows. Data needs to be accurate and reliable as incorrect data can dramatically<br />

impact on a patients wellbeing. Continuous quality improvement philosophies need to be applied<br />

in order to ensure that the risk of error is minimized.<br />

Implementation plan: to June 30<br />

Within primary/community care<br />

<br />

<br />

Begin the process of identifying the requirements for sharing clinical notes on<br />

MedTech in a single clinical file used by all health providers in the IFHC.<br />

Understand and, as necessary, re-negotiate reporting requirements for community<br />

nursing & allied health.<br />

Between primary and secondary<br />

<br />

Establish access for all medical centres to HealthViews, through the DHB's PRiSM<br />

system.<br />

Co-ordination with ED acute care<br />

install a copy of MedTech on a computer in ED<br />

change patient registration form/casualty sheet on arrival to include consent for<br />

access to their MedTech notes for that hospital visit<br />

ensure privacy considerations are met<br />

obtain agreement from practices<br />

create link into DHB practice server.<br />

Patient access to information<br />

Publicise Health Navigator patient self management website – for providers and<br />

community, eg. pamphlet in prescription bags for (see also LTC workstream)<br />

Create link to Community & Public Health website on PHO website, (see also Keeping<br />

people healthy workstream).<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 135


Year one<br />

<strong>Primary</strong> secondary<br />

create link to Heath Views for community pharmacies<br />

develop link into MedTech for outpatients, wards and hospital pharmacy.<br />

Within IFHC<br />

<br />

<br />

Develop specifications for new system and fund implementation. Work with the<br />

current health centre that does not currently use MedTech to determine the<br />

barriers and facilitators for change.<br />

Review current referral systems, considering potential role of <strong>Care</strong> Link, and change<br />

to within system request for assistance/booking. Monitor workload and waiting<br />

times and develop new priority and entry criteria as required.<br />

Telemedicine<br />

<br />

Review the Canterbury Initiative Telemedicine plan and implement proof of concept<br />

plan for telemedicine links from IFHCs, likely to include:<br />

o Increased number of outpatient clinics done at a distance using telemedicine<br />

(reducing patient travel and so making services availability better, sooner<br />

and more convenient)<br />

o Increase in the use of the medical telemetry system to share diagnostic<br />

information with Greymouth Hospital reducing patient travel and so making<br />

services availability better, sooner and more convenient<br />

Web based support for providers<br />

<br />

(see health pathways work plan).<br />

Year two<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

extend MedTech across all health centers and for all community nursing and allied<br />

health<br />

develop link into MedTech for community pharmacy<br />

work with the private practice on Profile to overcome barriers to the use of<br />

MedTech, and assist with migration to MedTech<br />

ensure all Coast lab results are in the same database.<br />

Year three<br />

(to be developed)<br />

7 Capability and capacity<br />

There will be training requirements for new providers to use MedTech32 for consultations.<br />

Training in the use of telemedicine will also be required to ensure this methodology is used<br />

safely and appropriately.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 136


8 Effect on inequalities<br />

The increased use of telemedicine will benefit those who have difficulties with the expense of<br />

traveling from rural areas to Greymouth.<br />

9 Evidence for this initiative<br />

This plan follows the <strong>Better</strong>, <strong>Sooner</strong>, <strong>More</strong> <strong>Convenient</strong> <strong>Primary</strong> Health <strong>Care</strong> Business Case<br />

Development Process Information Pack principles:<br />

• Prioritisation and access to services (shared scheduling of primary care,<br />

community nursing and allied health appointments)<br />

• Information sharing (shared electronic clinical record, sharing electonricni<br />

information with pharmacy and between primary and secondary care)<br />

• Quality and performance (HealthPathways, patient access to web support, i.e.<br />

Health Navigator)<br />

The changes proposed will result in a more patent/whanau centred approach since with all<br />

primary and community health providers using the same electronic medical record there will be<br />

less need to repeat their same story to multiple providers and for unnecessary repeated<br />

assessments.<br />

10 Risk analysis<br />

Risk Probability Impact Contingency plan<br />

Increased risk of privacy<br />

breaches with move to more<br />

providers using the same<br />

electronic health record<br />

Low High Ensure patients understand how<br />

their information is stored and<br />

shared. Ensure all health providers<br />

understand privacy requirements<br />

Provide training in how to hide<br />

sensitive consultation notes.<br />

<strong>New</strong> users find MedTech32<br />

difficult<br />

Moderate Moderate Provide adequate training.<br />

Use enthusiastic peers to support<br />

and motivate.<br />

Larger numbers of providers<br />

using the same electronic<br />

medical record making it<br />

difficult for different types<br />

of providers to follow the<br />

flow of their consultations<br />

Moderate Moderate Review how other places have<br />

dealt with this situation, such as<br />

coding consultations according to<br />

types of provider<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 137


11 Engagement<br />

Working group who develop this plan: Wayne Champion, Dr Jocelyn Tracey, Anthony Cooke.<br />

12 Organisational accountabilities<br />

The Integrated Family Health Service will be responsible for working closely with the West<br />

Coast DHB to implement the IT requirements described in this section.<br />

13 Costs<br />

Implement High Definition<br />

Videoconferencing<br />

Implement Integrated<br />

Medical Telemetry system (if<br />

practical)<br />

Migrate to shared Med Tech<br />

database (hardware and<br />

software)<br />

Year 1 Year 2 Year 3<br />

$30,000 $20,000<br />

$30,000<br />

$120,000<br />

Assumptions:<br />

Some of these costs would be borne by West Coast DHB regardless of the IFHC proposal.<br />

West Coast DHB will provide IT staff, expertise and network bandwidth at marginal cost. The<br />

cost of this contribution will be defined when each stage of the plan is investigated in detail. In<br />

the interim the above costs have been included in the Investing in Change budget, Section 11.1 in<br />

the Business Case.<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 138


Appendix Fifteen: Project advisory and reference groups<br />

Principal authors of<br />

the business case<br />

Anthony Cooke, PHOcus on Heath<br />

Dr Jocelyn Tracey, PHOcus on Health<br />

Martin Hefford, LECG<br />

Also:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Kim Sinclair<br />

Torfrida Wainwright<br />

Helen Reriti<br />

Wayne Champion<br />

Wayne Turp<br />

Project advisory<br />

group<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Dr Greville Wood, GP, Chair PHO clinical governance<br />

committee<br />

Dr Vicki Robertson, Chief Medical Officer<br />

Jane O‟Malley, PhD, DoN Nursing & Midwifery<br />

Hecta Williams, GM <strong>Primary</strong> & MH Services<br />

Wayne Champion, GM Hospital and Corporate Services<br />

Gary Coghlan, GM Māori, WCDHB<br />

Julie Kilkelly, pharmacy<br />

Kerri Miedema, pharmacy<br />

Lindy Mason, pharmacy<br />

Elinor Stratford, Manager, Disability Information Network<br />

Barbara Greer, CEO, Rata Te Awhina Trust<br />

Val Henry, Rata Te Awhina Trust<br />

Ann Donovan, Rata Te Awhina Trust<br />

Jem Pupich, Community & Public Health<br />

Maureen Frankpitt, Nurse leader community and primary care<br />

WCDHB<br />

Raewyn McKnight, Allied Health, WCDHB<br />

Janette Anderson, physiotherapy, WCDHB<br />

Karyn Kelly, Assistant DON, WCDHB<br />

Yvonne Anisy, RN, WCDHB<br />

Marie West, Greymouth Family Health<br />

Jenny Robertson, Manager Buller Health<br />

Barbara Smith, Clinical Services manager, Reefton<br />

Colin Weeks, GM Finances WCDHB<br />

Shona McLeod, Planning & Funding, WCDHB<br />

Project reference<br />

group<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Dr Anna Dyzel, GP, Hokitika, and Trustee WCPHO<br />

Dr JD Naidoo, GP, Greymouth<br />

Dr Martin London, GP, South Westland<br />

Dr Tim Bolter, Greymouth Medical Centre<br />

Dr Paul Cooper, GP Buller Health<br />

Business case appendices V12 AC 25Feb2010 Page 139

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!